Home

User`s Manual

Contents

1. To help determine the appropriate aquifer conditions you will apply derivative smoothing to the curve 7 From the main menu select Analysis gt Derivative The Derivative Settings dialog will appear on your screen 8 Select the Set each dataset separately option 9 From the Method combo box select the Bourdet Derviate BOURDET 1989 method 10 Click the Ok button to apply the settings 300 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph log log lin log Derivative Confined Leaky or recharge boundary Barrier boundary Double porosity Well effects The graph can be further enhanced by increasing the L Spacing of the derivative method 11 Select Analysis gt Derivative from the main menu 12 Change the L Spacing value to 0 5 13 Click the Ok button Exercise 9 Derivative Smoothing 301 Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph log log lin log IEO 7 To Derivative Confined Leaky or recharge boundary Barrier boundary Double porosity Well effects
2. In this example the dimensionless view is shown An example of a Fracture Flow analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Fractured HYT The Warren Root solution requires the following data e Drawdown vs time data at an observation well e Distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate Dimensionless parameters AquiferTest uses the dimensionless parameters s and L which characterize the flow from the matrix to the fissures 172 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods with rp dimensionless distance r Distance from the pumping well to the observation well r effective radius of the pumping well radius of the well screen Type curve properties E E X Select a model Function Curve Appearance Theis Color BB Black width p E Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Meuman Fapadopulos amp Cooper sis Double Parasi hiasi m an S 3 L abel Font pi Horz Position kD 1000 Vertical Position above curve Y Set the dimensionless curve parameters Parameter Yalue Description 100 Ratio SiMatrix y Si Fissuresi must be gt 1 1 Interporosity Flow coefficient typical range 0 0001 5 For a given value of varying A lamda changes the time at which the flat part of the S drawdown starts the larger this value the longer is the middle phase of the
3. Site Map Wells m Water Level Data sad i isomeric Data Schlumberger Water Services z _ Analysis Graphs Waterloo Ontario Analysis Table aga Nemes Pumping Test Pumping Tes 1 Pumping Vell Vell 1 Discharge valable weraye rak 0 001 ins Barome te Eficlency BE 0 50 xmospheric Pressure Pa gt Be _ S S _ _ e pt __ 3 mz 5 s n 8 s EEJ 2 23 EE 3510300 The next exercise will deal with the Hvorslev slug test analysis You have the choice of exiting AquiferTest or continuing on to the next exercise Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction 289 7 7 Exercise 7 Slug Test Analysis Bouwer amp Rice This exercise is written with the assumption that you have gone through the first exercise and are familiar with the AquiferTest interface This exercise is based on the slug test data published in Fetter Applied Hydrogeology 3rd Edition 1994 p 250 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 290 Start Aquifer Test or if you already have it open create a new project by clicking the New icon in the toolbar or selecting File gt New from the main menu Create a new slug test by selecting Test gt Create a Slug Test from the main menu Complete the fields for the Slug Test as follows Project Information frame e Project Name Exercise 7 e Project N
4. With the additional smoothing the diagnostic graph clearly reveals double porosity aquifer conditions 302 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 10 Exercise 10 Horizontal Wells Note The Horizontal Wells pumping test solution is only available in the AquiferTest Pro edition For general information about the horizontal well solution in AquiferTest please refer to Clonts amp Ramey 1986 on page 194 In this example a pumping test was performed in a confined aquifer underlain by an impermeable confining unit with a single pumping well and no observation wells screened over The orientation of the pumping well screen is 90 degrees to the vertical shaft AquifterTest Pro will be used to analyze the pumping test results 1 Start AquiferTest or if you already have it open create a new project by clicking the New icon in the toolbar or by selecting File gt New from the main menu 2 Complete the fields for the Pumping Test as follows Project Information frame e Project Name Exercise 10 Pumping Test frame e Name Clonts and Ramey Analysis e Performed by Your name e Date filled in automatically Units e Site Plan m e Time min e Transmissivity m d e Dimensions m e Discharge m d Aquifer Properties e Thickness 100 e Type Confined 3 All new projects have one default pumping well created in the Wells table located in the bottom half of
5. pwi le so 0 22 0 22 Qowi 7 60 0 28 0 28 Qowz a 70 0 33 0 33 Qow3 9 80 0 37 0 37 Analyses 10 90 0 43 0 43 718 Se New analysis 1 11 100 0 48 0 48 a Pa Create a New Analysis 12 200 0 91 0 91 Define analysis time range 13 300 1 22 1 22 J Add comments 14 400 1 43 1 43 5 i3 bein tasks 15 500 1 65 1 65 l Import Wells from file 16 600 1 72 1 72 Create a Pumping Test 17 700 1 95 1 95 Create a Slug Test 18 800 2 06 2 06 Contact Technical Support 19 900 2 17 2 17 0 6 20 1000 2 22 2 22 21 1440 2 58 2 58 22 23 9 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 25 Time min 26 fa N Iv Now that you have imported one datalogger file and saved the process as a template importing subsequent datalogger files of the same format can be extremely quick In the next section you will learn how to create an analysis to examine the water level data that has been imported into the project 17 To save the project click File Save from the main menu or click on the Save button in the toolbar 2 1 4 Creating a Pumping Test Analysis The next step is to examine and analyze the data and determine the aquifer parameters from the pumping test data 1 From the main menu select Analysis Create New Analysis and the Analysis tab will be activated alternately click on Create a New Analysis under the Creating a Pumping Test 31 Analyses frame of the Project Navigator Analysis Tools Help a New Ana
6. Properties Visible Caption Use default font Times New oO 10 ffl Use default position Left mm Top mrm The field properties include Visible Enable Disable user defined field Selecting this option will add the field to its respective tab Deselecting this option will remove the field from its respective tab For example when the user defined field for the Pumping Slug Test tab is enabled it will appear below the date field under the Pumping Slug Test tab as shown in the image below Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Logahon fe Conwert aiina raes Hana Pam SS Thees Performed bry re Ridder 1960 Typen unirea 8 r Pie wahion ai Denchimark Penetration Re m L m Bim rf Ll Fuy Caption Specify a caption for the field e g Sample in the image above Use default font Select to show the field on the report using the default report font Font If Use default font is unchecked specify a customized font style for the field text Use default positionSelect to position the field on the report in its default position Deselect this option and use Left mm and Top mm to define a different position on the report page Left mm Define a position along the Y axis Top mm Define a position along the X Axis Note Page coordinates values are expressed relative to the upper left corner of the page 0 0 If the Use default position option is disabled
7. assumption and attempt a new curve fit If the automatic fit fails then attempt a manual curve fit using the parameter controls To change the assumption click on the right portion of the assumption you wish to change and select a new assumption from the list The analysis view will refresh automatically To learn more about analysis methods and their assumptions see Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Time axis Verdana Time axis frame specifies parameters for the horizontal axis of the analysis e Title axis title that is displayed on the graph e Title Font the font for the axis title e Scale switch between linear and log scale To switch click on the right portion of the Scale line to produce a drop down menu and choose the alternate system e Minimum minimum value on the axis e Maximum maximum value on the axis e Show Values show hide axis values e Value Font font for axis values e Value format specify the number of decimal places the axis values e Major unit number of divisions on the axis e Gridlines display vertical gridlines on the graph Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar General Info Drawdown axis Drawdown axis Title Drawdown Title Font Yerdana Scale Linear Minimum 0 1 Maximum Auto Show values Value Font Verdana Value Format 0 00 Major unit 5 Drawdown axis frame specifies parameters for the vertical axis of the analysis Title axis title that is disp
8. a T oi l Number of pumping steps Mumber of data points Time interval d C Display Delta s a F 0 065344444444 T Display Delta t Cancel This dialogue allows you to edit the number of steps to include in the analysis as well as the line fitting parameters for each step Each step in the analysis corresponds to a pumping rate entered in the pumping test tab In the example above there are six pumping rates in the test which therefore allows a maximum of six steps in the analysis The time drawdown data is plotted on a semi log graph and the slope of each line is determined based on the Number of data points you specify Selection of data points begins at the end of the step and progresses backward in time as you add more points for the line slope calculation For example if the number of points is equal to five then AquiferTest will use the last five data points in each step to calculate the slope The Time Interval is the time from the beginning of each step at which the change in drawdown As for each step is measured The point of time for calculating As is calculated as follows t At tds Well Performance Methods 193 where e ft starting time of step e At the specified time interval e ty calculation point for As This measurement point is essential as the difference in drawdown 1s calculated between each step The selection of the time interval is left to the discretion of the user
9. cccccccccccccccccees 285 Exercise 7 Slug Test Analysis Bouwer amp Rice cccccccccccccccees 290 Exercise 8 High K Butler Method ccc cece cece cc ccccnccccees 295 Exercise 9 Derivative Smoothing 426 i bed ek cheek ek oh eee ek wie es aeae ws 299 Exercise 10 Horizontal Wellsec 4 06 06 4 heh td AAS We Oe Bee ee ee 303 Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects cc cece ccc ee cees 308 Additional AquiferTest Examples cc ccc ccc ccccc cc csccccccccees 314 Table of Contents 1X Table of Contents Introduction Congratulations on your purchase of AquiferTest the most popular software package available for graphical analysis and reporting of pumping test and slug test data AquiferTest is designed by hydrogeologists for hydrogeologists giving you all the tools you need to efficiently manage hydraulic testing results and provide a selection of the most commonly used solution methods for data analysis all in the familiar and easy to use Microsoft Windows environment AquiferTest has the following key features and enhancements e Runs as a native Windows 32 bit application e Easy to use intuitive interface e Solution methods for unconfined confined leaky confined and fractured rock aquifers e Derivative drawdown plots e Professional style report templates e Easily create and compare multiple analysis methods for the same data set e Step test well loss methods e Single well
10. p JK IK with r distance from Pumping well to piezometer K vertical conductivity K horizontal conductivity For the case where t gt SD 2K S storage coefficient the function is Theory of Superposition 139 140 Wlu nap the modified Bessel function of the 2nd order is approximated K n mp J Aquifer Test uses the following formula for the computation of f at a piezometer 4D S nzb nzrd K u NI Seg sin sin Jo e P B j zh D n n For observation wells f is slightly different and is defined as 2D 1 n nza nab nad las Wu nmpk sin NZ gin M in sin ad m b d z a Gn D D D D with a distance from top of aquifer to top of well screen in the observation well z distance from top of aquifer to bottom of well screen in the observation well Using the same restriction as with the piezometer t gt SD 2Kv can be replaced with W u n 78 with 2 K n 7B and the formula used by AquiferTest reads 4D Saol naz naa _ nab nad ______ __ gt K u nz k sin sin p lt sin sin fi YE Ky lun sin 9 sin MA sin sin NOTE The corrections for partial penetration effect and anisotropy require significant computing resources As such it is recommended to first complete a calculation with fully penetrating wells and only after the model function is fitted to apply the correction for partially penetrating
11. 0 0 0 eee eee e eens 6 Slecested Reference Material cn tiated eee oe Vl eee SCR eee ee eee 6 ADOUC the Interface 6 ic 0 8 5 baa ewe Wao ird ce hee a Oka So ee Saas 6 Getting ATOUNCs 1 2 fame vio ett ah eh ne Ke han wee Sad ee ek eee he eae ee 7 INAV I AUIO MCAD Sez ssid tact el a ee ie dtd act le han senate cals Gee eed eh 8 IIS TUB Of asana aioe oo Ot BG 5 A I wade A Bohne A a hd aah ae ate oe 12 PCIe resi VO GO AR 62 665 ar cie 9 5 wry ea Used a eis ee tie aca pe lanai ane ep pee ee 12 Project Navicator Panels 2254444 0c aeewidu dese teehee tater he ooue ses outa 13 Z GUNS Slane oie 6 es hs A 46S esas ees tase lS Creating a Pumping Test i046 beidbd on hoa bee minet taie we ea Alea ere ea S 15 Pumpms Test Informauon 2 5 023 2505 da dwn dees BN ek Ee os eNOS Hs ek eS ee eRe eS 16 DS Ch OC ACS cdi etait e a tea Gee ee et he ea oe ee we ea 22 Water Level Data iae Ook ese eae a a tee aN ee ee eee 23 Creating a Pumping Test Analysis 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee teens 31 REPONS 225 a Aiport ica oe apie ee eee ce ie es eee 36 Creatine a Slus TOS Csi Soci 0 cw sucea Ge ria na aera a ae Seen eae eae 37 Slide Test Intoriianon w103 house tadoe hide e ee SU eed AeA eee eee bh wea ca 38 Waer Vee Dieese thse a a Manatees Rte So ca alae ae Pat ha dita ne Se ae She ig ad 40 Creaune a Slus Test Analysis e airaa ieie wea al ened one a el oe ih ee el es 4 REDONS eaae peen acd Hh aoe et ee eh ee eee eee ere a we 44 3 General Info and Main Menu
12. GEL l EEI f f _ a a i Lt t t TTT f i tT t i j j T rrr tT l tt pj O O A l YT 11 o rT loaft ogic Inc 2004 The main plot window will contain two data series 1 the time drawdown data 2 the drawdown derivative data time vs change in drawdown The drawdown derivative data series will be represented by a standard symbol with the addition of an X through the middle of the symbol On the right side of the window you will see five time drawdown graph templates each one representing different aquifer conditions and or scenarios encountered during a pumping test These include e Confined e Leaky or Recharge Boundary e Barrier Boundary e Double Porosity Fractured Flow and Unconfined e Well Effects In the Diagnostic plots the time t is plotted on the X axis and the drawdown s is plotted on the y axis There are two different representations are available 1 Log Log scale 2 Semi log whereby the drawdown s is plotted on a linear axis The scale type may be selected directly above the time drawdown graph templates Ch
13. Pumping Test Methods 173 decreased drawdown and the longer it will take before the drawdown follows the Theis curve For a given value of A varying changes the time duration of the flat part of the curve the late time Theis curve is translated horizontally Large values of A indicate that water will drain from fractures quickly then originate from the blocks A small value of A indicates that the transition will be slow For more details please see Kruseman and de Ridder p 257 Moench Fracture Flow with Skin The theory for pseudo steady state flow is as follows Moench 1984 1988 _ 4nKD ha Q ho hy where hg is the dimensionless drawdown and tg is the dimensionless time The initial discharge from models using the pseudo steady state flow solution with no well bore storage is derived primarily from storage in the fissures Later the fluid will be derived primarily from storage in the blocks At early and late times the drawdown should follow the familiar Theis curves For transient block to fissure flow the block hydraulic head distribution within an REV varies both temporally and spatially perpendicular to the fracture block interface The initial solution for slab shaped blocks was modified by Moench 1984 to support sphere shaped blocks Well test data support both the pseudo steady state and the transient block to fracture flow solutions For transient block to fracture flow the fr
14. Time e Min 0 e Max 500 Drawdown e Min 0 05 e Max 1 e Reverse Checked 10 Display the grid lines for both axes and your graph should now look similar to the one shown below Eanrel iG weert P Anshis sine pian A Reports Daa fea PS Ahaks Hama Hersey Pitre Aabi Pel onima bry anaes Date gizmo Anoka ia based on amumpiions from Hworslew mre GF Diceomeens app Graph Sete FA i OF i yy SAnabrsemethod a Tiras wa Changa in Wi Taper Era ak Hvorsiaw oo ala Aali Bower amp Face Time s Pala n 3 Tile Fork Minari hho zl Draak axe n The Pork Hazman Show Viues The calculated K value can be found in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel for this example K 2 31E 6 m s 11 To create a Bouwer amp Rice analysis of the same data set create a new analysis and choose Bouwer amp Rice from the Analysis methods frame of the Analysis Navigator panel 12 Type Bouwer amp Rice in the Analysis name field 13 Define the following properties for the axes Time e Min 0 e Max 500 Drawdown Creating a Slug Test 43 44 e Min 0 05 e Max 1 e Reverse Checked 14 Display the grid lines for both axes and your graph should look similar to the one 2 2 4 Reports 1 shown below E Stag Tet tater Level Anas g She Plan ch Repmts Daa hom El BAS Analyte Nene Bomer Bice Appanedic Arapi Pesforned by nahs Dat
15. aA oR Kf et tk ee T To a 6 00 oy a oy FOWS When the drawdown vs time plot is selected the Model assumptions frame is not accessible in the Analysis Navigator panel To create an analysis select one of the solution methods from the Analysis Navigator panel 4 7 2 Drawdown vs Time with Discharge The discharge data can also be displayed on the Drawdown vs Time plot This graph can be useful for visualizing changes in drawdown that occur as a result of variable discharge rates To view the discharge plot select a Drawdown vs Time plot In the Display frame in the Analysis Navigator panel enable the Discharge Rate option The discharge info will then appear at the bottom half of the time drawdown plot In addition a new node Discharge Axis will appear in the Analysis panel Pumping Test Methods 151 In here you can specify several options e Percentage of Height specify the proportions of the graphs for example if 50 percent is specified then the discharge data will consume the lower 50 percent of the time drawdown plot e Fill area fill in the area under the discharge line e Fill color specify a color for the filled area NOTE The fill options should be used with one pumping well only since it may result in overlapping the lines fills if used with more than one well The Discharge axis will use the same label fonts as defined for the drawdown axis An example of a time dra
16. based on Hantush Jacob 1955 in leaky confined aquifers with unsteady state flow The conditions for the leaky aquifer are shown below Pumping Test Methods 155 156 watertable potentiometric surface of confined aquifer leaky confining layer i o po o 4 h h a 0 aquifer J b K a O i i i confining layer In the case of leaky aquifers the well function W u can be replaced by the function Walton W u r L or Hantush W u B and the solution becomes i Whe AnT where Leale L leakage factor the leakage factor is termed B when used with the Hantush method and T KD where T Transmissivity K Conductivity D saturated aquifer thickness In AquiferTest the model parameter C hydraulic resistance units time is used with the Hantush method The larger C the smaller and or more slowly the infiltration is due to Leakage The C value must be defined for each data set in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods An example of a Hantush Jacob analysis graph has been included below TINGUT avy Ea Time Theis 10 Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman PAPADOPLILOS COOPER DOUBLE POROSITY Drawdown Inc 2004 In this example the dimensionless view is shown An example of a Hantush Jacob analysis is available in the project Aquif
17. 0 5 3261 0 625 4094 0 75 5019 2 3 4 5 6 T 5 9 0 he 0 4 0 6 0 0 1 Time d If steady state flow is reached in each step enter the discharge water level data in the Discharge Waterlevel table as shown in the image below Discharge Water Level Time Water Level TOC 7 Static WL m jo Extrapolate Q md wii s m 4 4 26 4 26 1693 5 54 5 54 3 2423 7 95 7 95 4 3261 11 1 11 1 ET 5 4094 14 7 14 7 6 5019 18 86 18 86 7 8 9 10 11 jt 12 13 14 15 5 ms 2800 4200 5600 17 Q m3 d Alternatively for a step test where flow is at an unsteady state click on the Extrapolate button to extrapolate the discharge water level values from the time drawdown data 192 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Upon selecting the Extrapolate Discharge Waterlevel dialog will open as shown below Extrapolate Discharge Waterlevel xj Determination of drawdown difference for pumping steps Here the drawdown increment For each puming step is determined at a Fixed time interval The time interval is taken From the beginning of each pumping step The drawdown difference is calculated between the observed drawdown and the extrapolated drawdown of the preceeding step The program uses the number of data points entered below beginning at the end of the step to extrapolate drawdown Time d aiil O 01 gt tbog p t eae to il eee inti C U E Z
18. AquiferTest then uses the drawdown differences and the specified time interval to produce two coefficients B linear well loss coefficient and C non linear well loss coefficient These coefficients can be used to estimate the expected drawdown inside your pumping well for a realistic discharge Q at a certain time t This relationship can allow you to select an optimum yield for the well or to obtain information on the condition or efficiency of the well Finally the Number of pumping steps allows you to edit the number of steps i e changes in the discharge rate to use in the discharge versus drawdown plot You should have a minimum of three steps specified to assist in obtaining a good fit of the line to the analysis plot Once the extrapolation settings have been defined click Ok to accept the drawdown values To select the analysis method from the main menu go to Analysis Pumping Well Analysis Well Losses For more information on the Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss solution please refer to a pumping test reference such as Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 4 9 Horizontal Well Method 4 9 1 Clonts amp Ramey 1986 194 Note This method is only available in AquiferTest Pro Horizontal wells are being used more commonly for groundwater resource investigations and contaminated site remediation projects Horizontal wells provide a larger surface area for groundwater withdrawal and more focused extraction of groundwater and
19. Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 273 7 4 2 Determining the Effect of a Second Pumping Well 274 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 In this section the second pumping well will be activated and AquiferTest will predict the drawdown that would occur as a result of two pumping wells running simultaneously In the previous section the aquifer parameters Transmissivity and Storativity were calculated with the Theis method In order to maintain these values you need to lock the parameters Click on the Parameter Controls icon or select View Analysis Parameters from the main menu Click on the both padlock icons beside the parameters T Ft2yd Ss 4 486 3 a 4 2764 a High High TT 5 seie 42428 High High Click on the X button to close the Parameters dialog Click on the Pumping Test tab In the Wells table select WaterSupply2 from the well list To turn on the second pumping well change the type from Not Used to Pumping Well Click on the Discharge tab Select WaterSupply2 from the well list Select the Variable discharge option Enter the following values in the table Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Time Discharge 720 150 1440 0 ischarge U 5 gal min Constant Variable Water Supply z These values indicate that the Water Supply 2 well was turned on at the sa
20. High K Butler For Cp lt 2 Cp Cp walt zta PEE E E 2 sin wata Wd For Cp 2 walta eta 1 tg For Cp gt 2 wa ta GE or B1 ef2ta prefata where Cp Dimensionless damping parameter g gravitational accelerations Hp change in water level initiating a slut test initial displacement L effective length of water column in well tq dimensionless time parameter w deviation of water level from static level in well w normalized water level deviation w H Bi 2o B 24 0 4 dimensionless frequency parameter 2 o f The hydraulic conductivity is estimated by substituting values for Cp and tp d into the equation appropriate for test conditions Unconfined High K Bouwer and Rice Model Springer and Gelhar 1991 209 R i K tn T In Ta t 236 Confined High K Hvorslev Model Butler 1998 uk L l 1 tp r in 2r ae 2LCp For an example tutorial of the High K Butler method please see Exercise 8 High K Butler Method on page 295 210 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 12 References References Agarwal R G 1970 An investigation of wellbore storage and skin effects in unsteady liquid flow 1 analystical treatment Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal 10 279 289 Birsoy V K and W K Sumpzers 1980 Determination of aquifer parameters from step tests and intermittent pumping data Ground Water vol 18 pp 137
21. Pa be be sD Foo pn EST Ben Ee po Bm ee p be FO 13 Pros Click here to refresh the graph Cancel _ 10 Click on the Click here link above the table and browse to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and locate the file time vs pressure txt which contains the time vs pressure data This data was collected during the test The data will load into the table and plotted on the graph window on the right side of the Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction 287 288 window as shown below Barometric Data Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during a pumping test Click here to import the data From a file For each water level measurement AquiferTest will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure Time s Atmospheric 4 Pressure Pa p 99819 2 30 99446 a Jeo 99250 4 90 99651 Is 120 99614 z le 150 100344 5 z 180 100064 e 210 99925 9 300 99592 F 10 400 100244 a1 500 100121 12 540 100299 13 570 99589 14 1000 99255 a5 2000 99997 ae 5000 tues ea Click here to refresh the graph Pe ee aay meu 11 Click OK to close the dialog and apply the correction Two new columns will appear in the Water levels table Barometric correction and Corrected drawdown used in analysis An example is shown below Time s Drawdown Barometric
22. Typical range 10 100000 well bore storage coefficient Abbrechen For Papadopulos the dimensionless curve parameter Sp is defined as with ro Radius of the full pipe in that the water level changes Ty Radius of the screen Using Effective Well Radius The effective radius of the well typically lies somewhere between the radius of the filter and the radius of the borehole 1 e it is a calculated value The exact value depends on the usable pore volume of the filter pack In AquiferTest the following values are defined in the wells table B Radius of the borehole R Radius of the screen r Radius of the riser pipe casing n Effective porosity of the annular space gravel sand pack Though not specifically indicated AquiferTest uses the value R 1 e screen radius as effective radius however if the option to use effective well radius use r w is selected in the Wells table AquiferTest computes this value according to the formula Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods rw 4 R 1 n nB 4 7 12 Recovery Analysis Agarwal Solution 1980 When the pump is shut down after a pumping test the water level inside the pumping and observation wells begin to rise This rise in water level is known as recovery drawdown s Recovery test measurements allow the Transmissivity of the aquifer to be calculated thereby providing an independent check on the results of the pumping test Recovery drawdown data ca
23. contaminants which migrate in a predominantly horizontal direction in high conductivity aquifers A variety of researchers have looked into the analysis of time drawdown data for horizontal wells Clonts and Ramey 1986 Daviau et al 1988 Kawecki 2000 The Clonts and Ramey solution to drawdown versus time for horizontal wells is implemented in AquiferTest The following is the design of a horizontal well pumping from an infinite aquifer Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods where X y Z coordinates of the measuring point Xw Yw Zw Coordinates of the center of the horizontal well L k ky k permeability in x y z direction L T D aquifer thickness L half length of the horizontal well L The longitudinal axis of the horizontal well is parallel to the x axis The dimensionless pressure is a function of 5 parameters Pp Pptp Yp ep Lp Xwp The analytical solution to this set of equations is the following Horizontal Well Method 195 196 Pp Xp Vp Zp Zwp Lp tp a oo n h 2 exp n 1713 tp cos ntzyp cos nm zpLp 200 lerr E f m VT EEI VT Q 2 pda rae P a Kawecki 2000 identified the following three phases for flow in horizontal wells 1 Early radial flow 2 Early linear flow 3 late pseudoradial flow limit of oT influence S4 PA Na of well gt gt o lt end view lt i plan view Figure 2 Early radial flow the ci
24. you can also drag and drop the field anywhere on the report as desired 3 2 7 Help Menu The Help menu contains links to assist you should problems arise while you are working with Aquifer Test Contents Opens the table of contents of the on line help file The help file is identical to the printed user s manual however it contains cross referenced links that allow you to find information quicker Tutorial Loads the Tutorial instructions The Learning by Doing tutorial will guide you through most of the major functions of AquiferTest and is designed to highlight the program s capabilities Main Menu Bar 115 About Displays license version and copyright information for AquiferTest and how to contact us 116 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Theory and Analysis Methods AquiferTest is used to analyze data gathered from pumping tests and slug tests Solution methods available in AquiferTest cover the full range of aquifer settings unconfined confined leaky and fractured The full theoretical background of each solution method is beyond the scope of this manual However a summary of each solution method including limitations and applications is included in this chapter This information is presented to help you select the correct solution method for your specific aquifer settings Additional information can be obtained from hydrogeology texts such as Freeze R A and J A Cherry 1
25. 05 2 000 120900 08 45 15 2 546 120900 08 45 25 2riz Cancel Previous impart Click Next 14 In Step 3 specify the Date column and the format in which the date is entered Click on the first column to mark it as DATE and in the drop down menu below choose DD MM YY Your screen should look similar to the one shown below Logger file Wizard Step 3 of 6 E xj Click on Column with the CASTE Preview 08 45 15 08 45 25 06 45 35 06 45 45 no Affe Cancel Previous impart Click Next 15 In Step 4 specify the Time column Click on the header above the second 262 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests column Logger file Wizard Step 4 of 6 ee E X Click on Column with the TIME Preview B 03 45 05 08 45 15 08 45 25 08 45 35 08 45 45 no Affe Click Next 16 In Step 5 specify the Water Level column Click on the header above the third column Use the default units of m meters Logger file Wizard Step 5 of 6 ae is x Click on Column with the WATER LEWEL Previews Date time Watertevel TCI 08 45 05 2 000 m 12 09 00 03 45 15 2 546 m 12 09 00 03 45 25 2 712 m 12 09 00 03 45 35 2 009 m 12 09 00 03 45 45 2 077 m z Aan na de 5e amo R d Unit Co ordinate system In moe oeoo Cancel Previous import In addition use the default co ordinate system of Top of Casing Datum Click Next 17 In Step 6 there are options
26. 11 9 12 2 x Click on a data point ot locate it in the table To proceed with data entry you must first select a well for which the data will be entered Pwd Pumping well Cy The data can be entered in any of the following ways e manually e cut and paste from Windows clipboard e importing data from a text file or Excel spreadsheet txt xlsx e importing data from an ASCII datalogger asc txt or Level Logger lev or Diver Datalogger MON Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar General Info Import The Import button is a shortcut to importing an Excel or a data logger file Import data For more information on importing data see Import on page 84 Selecting a coordinate system To the right of the Import button is a drop down menu where you can choose the coordinate system for the water level data The options are Time Water Level TOC Time Water Level TOC Time Drawdown Time Water Level AMSL Time Water Level Bench Time Water Level TOC Top of Casing system Using the Top of Casing Datum the top of the casing TOC elevation is designated as zero and the data will be imported as measurements from the top of the well casing to the water level 1 e depth to water level the traditional format After you import enter the data you must enter a value for Depth to static water level Then click on the Refresh icon and AquiferTest will make the
27. 146 Boulton N S 1963 Analysis of data from non equilibrium pumping tests allowing for delayed yield from storage Proc Inst Civil Eng 26 469 482 Bouwer H 1989 The Bouwer and Rice Slug Test An Update Ground Water vol 27 No 3 pp 304 309 Bouwer H and R C Rice 1976 A slug test method for determining hydraulic conductivity of unconfined aquifers with completely or partially penetrating wells Water Resources Research vol 12 no 3 pp 423 428 Butler James J 1998 The Design Performance and Analysis of Slug Tests Lewis Publishers Boca Raton Florida 252 p Butler J J Jr Garnett E J and Healey J M Analysis of slug tests in formations of high hydraulic conductivity Ground Water v 41 no 5 pp 620 630 2003 Clonts M D and H J Ramey 1986 Pressure transient analysis for wells with horizontal drainholes Paper SPE 15116 Society of Petroleum Engineer Dallaz TX Cooper H H J D Bredehoeft and I S Papadopulos 1967 Response of a finite diameter well to an instantaneous charge of water Water Resources Research vol 3 pp 263 269 Cooper H H and C E Jacob 1946 A generalized graphical method for evaluating formation constants and summarizing well field history Am Geophys Union Trans vol 27 pp 526 534 Dawson K J and J D Istok 1991 Aquifer Testing design and analysis of pumping and slug tests Lewis Publishers INC Chelsea Michigan 48118 334 p Daviau
28. 3 15 223 0 423 MWS 6 33 15 224 0 424 fnvivees 7 3 6 15 219 0 419 New analysis 1 3 9 15 219 0 419 Daj Create a New Analysis 9 4 2 15 219 0 419 Define analysis time range 0 36 ae 10 4 5 15 217 0 417 al i Add comments 11 4 8 15 217 0 417 Additional tasks 12 5 1 15 213 0 413 Import Wells from file amassi c Create 4 Pumping Test 13 5 4 15 215 0 415 0 24 Create a Slug Test L ade Isele 0 412 Contact Technical Support 1S 6 15 212 0 412 16 6 4 15 21 0 41 17 6 7 15 208 0 408 18 7 1 15 208 0 408 0 12 19 7 5 15 206 0 406 20 8 15 204 0 404 21 8 4 15 202 0 402 22 8 9 15 202 0 402 23 9 5 15 201 0 401 0 100 200 300 400 500 24 10 15 198 0 398 Time s 25 10 6 15 197 0 397 araor DAT AquiferTest subtracts the Depth to Static WL value from each Water Level value and produces a third column of data Change in WL as seen above 2 2 3 Creating a Slug Test Analysis Now that you have successfully defined the test details and imported water level data you can analyze the data and determine the conductivity 1 Select Analysis Create New Analysis from the Main menu and the Analysis tab will be activated Alternately click on Create a New Analysis under the 2 3 Creating a Slug Test Analyses frame Locate the Analysis frame on the right side of the window Under the Analysis method frame select Time vs Change in WL I Analysis method
29. 3 31 2010 Bar Eff BE i Name Type x m Y m Elevation a Benchmark Penetration R m L m b m r m B m 1 Test Well 0 0 Fully 0 025 5 61 10 67 0 025 0 76 Click on the Water Levels tab to enter water level data for the test well In this test you will import data from an excel file Click the L Import button The Open dialog will appear on your screen Navigate to the AquiferTest Examples folder on your computer Select the HighK_data xls file and then click the Open button The water level data will appear in the grid below In the Static WL m field type 0 In the WL at t 0 m field type 0 56 Click the Refresh button from the toolbar A graph of the drawdown appears to the right of the data grid as shown below Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Time s Water Change in Level m WL m 1 Ee 0 552 0 552 2 0 35 0 402 0 402 a Joss 0 375 0 375 4 loss 0 476 0 476 s5 loss 0 57 0 57 6 o75 0 585 0 585 7 loss 0 518 0 518 a los 0 454 0 454 a 1 05 0 457 0 457 ao jiis 0 488 0 488 a liz 0415 0 415 a2 i3 0 415 0 415 i3 1 45 0 372 0 372 a4 lis 0 378 0 378 15s J16 0 326 0 326 a6 1 7 0 314 0 314 a7 lis 0 293 0 293 a8 l9 0 235 0 235 19 lz 0 207 0 207 20 215 0 155 0 155 2 2 25 0 131 0 131 22 24 0 091 0 091 23 2 55 0 04 0 04 Change in WL m D p Hm 0 2 2 Time s5 13 Click on the Analysis tab 14 In the Analysis Name
30. 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Cp dimensionless well storage coefficient For the Papadopulos method the symbol a is used As shown in the above equations the well storage coefficient Cp correlates with the storage coefficient S If only early time drawdown data are available it will be difficult to obtain a match to the type curve because the type curves differ only slightly in shape The data curve can be matched equally well with more than one type curve Moving from one type curve to another results in a value of S storativity that differs an order of magnitude For early time data storativity determined by the Papadopulos curve fitting method is of questionable reliability Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 An example of a Papadopulos Cooper Solution graph has been included in the following figure Time s a Piwi aPW1 Derivative An example of a Papadopulos Cooper analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples WellBoreStorage HYT Data requirements for the Papadopulos Cooper solution are e Time vs Drawdown data at a pumping well e Pumping well dimensions e Pumping rate Pumping Test Methods 181 182 Dimensionless Parameters Type curve properties oa 3 le N xX Select a model function Curve Appearance Color C Black Width Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Neuman l he Ltt l Label Font r Horz Position tb 1000 Vertical Position above curve Y
31. 40 2 877 0 877 0 0 s Delete All 6 50 2 931 0 931 0 0 7 60 2 974 0 974 oo mpor data 3 70 3 011 Lol 0 0 Import Data Logger file 9 80 3 043 1 043 i Delete correction This option is available only if the cursor is in the table and in a column with correction data 228 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Deleting Corrections 229 230 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Mapping and Contouring AquiferTest now includes enhanced mapping features which allow you to display contouring and color shading of drawdown data along with site maps in the Site Map window NOTE Contouring and Color Shading is available in AquiferTest Pro only 6 1 About the Interface The mapping and contouring options are available under the Site Plan tab displayed in the image below nine Ekan pao Gioia Ke ciaee al gee Nap Mi This tab allows you to load a map of the site of the project You can only load one map per project For instructions on how to load a map see description of Load Image button below The Site Plan tab is managed using a tool bar located above the map image and the Display wells from and Map properties dialog boxes About the Interface 231 The tool bar consists of the following buttons 4t Zoomin gt Zoomout Gy Load Image 3X Clear Image Re scale ley Save Map Pu Zoom in draw a rectangle around the area you wish to magnify E Zoom out zoom out to the full extent of the map ee Loa
32. 6 3 6 Time min 26 800 3 82 3 82 27 900 3 96 3 96 vl For more information on importing data and formatting Excel files please refer to Chapter 3 Import Water Levels Importing Data from a Datalogger File 1 Inthe Water Levels tab select OW3 from the Wells frame Puy Pumping Welly 2 Enter a Static WL of 0 For this well the data will be imported from a data logger file 26 Chapter 2 Getting Started 3 From the Main Menu click File Import followed by Data logger file Sample Aquifer Test File Edit View Test Analysis Tools Help New ctn A lt Q Open ctrl O Close Chri a Pumping Test w Discharge i PW Pumping Well Save Ctrl S OW Save 45 Owe ALE l Import d Import Wells From file ED Print hP _ MP ae j I rt data E P Printer Setup li och act k J Import Data Logger File IB Ext TE Ft Sample HYT t lincol H YT MultiplePumping Wells HYT TrendEffects HYT Meee i AFT 1 z 3 4 4 In the Windows Explorer window that appears navigate to AquiferTest ImportFiles and select OW3_logger txt 5 Click Open to initiate the 6 step Logger file Wizard 6 The first step displays a preview of the data set the Start Import at row to 1 Logger file Wizard Step 1 of 6 pr X Load Import Settings None Start Import at row f File origin yvindows ANSI Previews of File E quifterlest40
33. 86 Reports Tab The Reports page displays report previews and allows the user to select from various report templates The reports are listed in hierarchical order for the current pumping slug test A zoom feature is available with preview settings The dark grey area around the page displays the margins for the current printer You can modify these settings by selecting File Printer Setup About the Interface 11 12 Select Print on this page to print all selected reports Using Print on a selected tab will print the context related report directly such as a data report from the Water Levels page 1 4 3 Menu Bar The menu bar provides access to most of the features available in AquiferTest For more details see Chapter 3 Main Menu Bar on page 84 1 4 4 AquiferTest Toolbar The following sections describe each of the items on the toolbar and the equivalent icons For a short description of an icon move the mouse pointer over the icon without clicking either mouse button The toolbars that appear beneath the menu bar are dynamic changing as you move from one window to another Some toolbar buttons become available only when certain windows are in view or in a certain context For example the Paste button is only available after the Copy command has been used The following tool buttons appear at the top of the AquiferTest main window New button creates a new project Open button opens an existing project
34. ATt FTF s residual drawdown r distance from well to piezometer T transmissivity of the aquifer KD S and S storativity values during pumping and recovery respectively t and t elapsed times from the start and ending of pumping respectively 144 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Using the approximation for the well function W u shown in the Cooper Jacob method this equation becomes O 4Tt ili In s _ In In _ Ant r s rs When S and S are constant and equal and T is constant this equation can be reduced to 2 30 a log AnT t To analyze the data s is plotted on the logarithmic Y axis and time is plotted on the linear X axis as the ratio of t t total time since pumping began divided by the time since the pumping ceased An example of a Theis Recovery analysis graph has been included below Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions 145 20 00 OoOWwe2 Left Mouse Button Shift line Right Mouse Button Rotate line An example of a Theis Recovery analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Theis_Recovery HYT The Theis Recovery Solution assumes the following e The aquifer is confined and has an apparent infinite extent e The aquifer is homogeneous isotropic and of uniform thickness over the area influenced by pumping e The piezometric surface was horizontal prior to pumping e The well is fully penetratin
35. Analysis for Specific Capacity 103 curve fitting automatic 2 125 manual 2 127 Index data copy 96 delete 96 paste 96 time limited analysis 105 Data Filtering 63 data logger Diver datalogger 90 importing data 89 Level Logger settings 90 load import settings 90 setting the reference datum 29 93 supported formats 89 data menu data logger file 89 import 87 Data Trend Analysis and Correction 215 Delete a Graph Template 97 Delete Analysis 97 Delete Pumping Test 96 Delete Slug Test 96 Deleting Trend Corrections 228 demonstration exercises see exercises discharge rates 22 drawdown vs time curve general information 150 with discharge 151 edit menu 96 copy 96 paste 96 Entering Data Manually 23 Export Drawdown Contours 237 Gridded Drawdown Data 237 Site Map 237 Wells 237 Export drawdown contours 234 Export well locations 234 file menu 84 fracture flow analysis theory 174 Fracture Flow Double Porosity 169 general overview menu bar 84 navigator panel 8 13 tool bar 12 window layout 7 getting started installing AquiferTest 4 system requirements 4 315 Hantush Storage in Aquitard 158 Hantush Bierschenk well loss theory 188 Hantush Jacob analysis theory 155 hardware requirements 4 help menu about 116 contents 115 Horizontal Wells 194 Hvorslev analysis theory 202 Import Data Text and Excel Import Format 88 import data ASCII text 87 data logger file 89 Import Map Image 86 import wells ASCII tex
36. Bar EFF BE 0 60 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Return to the Water Levels tab and select the appropriate well From the Add data correction drop down menu choose Barometric correction to produce the following dialog Barometric Data ag a Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during a pumping test Click here to import the data From a file For each water level measurement AquiferTest will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure z Time s Atmospheric Pressure Pa FE IEE m Ew mo p x Click here to refresh the graph Cancel Manually enter data in the grid or follow the Click here link to the file that contains the time vs pressure data that was collected at the same time as the drawdown data As it is imported the data will be presented graphically on the right Click OK to apply the correction to the drawdown data and return to the Water Levels tab You will see that there are two new columns Barometric correction and Corrected drawdown used in analyses For more details see Chapter 5 Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction Filter The Filter check box is located to the right of the Data Correction menu and it allows you to reduce the number of data points in the dataset according to a specific criteria There are two instances where filtering can be done in the program
37. By interpolation from hydrographs of the well and the piezometers this natural rise or fall can be determined for the pumping and recovery periods This information is then used to correct the observed water levels Kruseman and de Ridder Click here to import the data from a file Time min Water Level ft _ FEEFFEFE p _ _ Trend coefficient ft min NAN Result of t Test Trend is not significant iaai EEEE R anl win Click here to refresh the graph and update the results sal For more details please see Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Main Menu Bar 101 Barometric Correction Load options for correcting water levels due to the influence of barometric effects Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during a pumping test Click here to import the data From a file For each water level measurement AquiferTest will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure Measured at Time s Atmospheric 4 Pressure Pa 1 2 al pm mm 6 p a 9 10 m 12 13 Time s Poa gt Click here to refresh the graph lic uea For more details please see Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing 3 2 5 Analysis Menu The Analysis menu contains the following items Create Analysis Create an analysis for the current pumping test Another way to create an analysis is to select the Create a
38. Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Hyvorsley Bouwer amp Rice Butler High K In the Analysis Name field above the graph type Time vs Change in WL 4 42 4 5 6 7 8 9 Define the following properties for the plot axes Time axis e Min 0 e Max 500 e Gridlines enabled Change in Water Level e Min 0 e Max 0 5 e Gridlines enabled Sl slug Test ED water revel PJ Analysis site plan 1A Reports Gick here to hide properties view a Data from MWS Analysis Name New analysis 2 Appendix Analysis Performed by Analysis Date 6 27 2011 i This is a Time Drawdown Plot without calculations Use the Analysis panel or click here to select a new method Analysis Graph es g Comments Apply Graph Settings 7 i 2 A Gj amp Analysis method a Time vs Change in WL Cooper Bredehoeft Papadop Hvorslev Bouwer amp Rice Butler High K Time axis Title Time s Show Values Value Font Value format Major unit Gridlines Drawdown axis Tite k Change in water level m Show Values Value Font Value Format Using the steps listed above create a new analysis for this data set Select Hvorslev from the Analysis methods frame of the Analysis Navigator window Type Hvorslev in the Analysis name field at the top of the window Define the following properties for axes Chapter 2 Getting Started
39. Corre A Correction drawe used analy m 2 0 0 0 2 10 2 546 0 546 0 0076 0 553 SS a 20 arl2 0 712 0 0152 0 727 aao 2 809 0 809 0 0228 0 831 5 40 2 077 0 877 0 0268 0 903 eI 6 50 2 931 0 931 0 0308 0 961 bam z 60 2 974 0 974 0 0348 1 008 a 3 70 3 011 1 011 0 0266 1 037 9 30 3 043 1 043 0 0185 1 061 ee 10 90 3 071 1 071 0 0103 1 081 11 100 3 096 1 096 0 011 1 107 12 110 3 119 1 119 0 0118 1 130 13 120 3 14 1 14 0 0125 1 152 S 14 130 3 159 1 159 0 0023 1 156 15 140 3 176 1 176 0 0172 1 158 16 150 3 193 1 193 0 0321 1 160 17 160 3 208 1 208 0 0264 1 181 E 18 170 3 223 1 223 0 0207 1 202 19 180 3 236 1 236 0 015 1 221 0 6000 12000 18000 24000 30000 Time s 20 190 3 249 1 249 0 0122 1 236 mo For this example the original water level is modified to show the trend and barometric effect The time was simply multiplied by 3 12 Now return to the Analysis tab 13 Click on the B Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve Take note of the new aquifer parameter values 14 A Barometric Analysis report may be printed from the Water Level branch of the Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests navigator tree in the Reports tab This report will display the trend data with corresponding graph and the t test statistics An example is shown below Select Printouts Print preview Page had ip Previous page iL Next page
40. D o Save button saves the current project Print button prints the data item which is currently getting the focus re Copy button copies selected character s in a grid cell or a plot to the clipboard Paste button pastes text from the clipboard to the active cell im Refresh button refreshes the current view Chapter 1 Introduction 1 4 5 Project Navigator Panels The Project Navigator panel shows the tests wells and analyses for the current project along with additional tasks The panel is styled in a XP fashion As with other Windows applications you can use the or icon to expand or collapse a frame in the panel In addition you can show hide the panel completely using the View Navigation Panel option Creating and deleting elements contained within the panel including wells data lists pumping tests slug tests and associated analyses is discussed in Chapter 2 Getting Started and Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Please do not confuse the Project Navigator panel and Analysis Navigator panel The Project Navigator panel is located on the left of the program window and is always visible unless you hide itin the View menu The Analysis Navigator panel is located on the right of the main program window and is only visible in the Analysis tab About the Interface PU Welll well 2 theis Esltime discharge plot Create a New Analysis Define analysis time rang Add comments Im
41. Displays the program status The following sections describe each of these components in greater detail 1 4 2 Navigation Tabs The interface in AquiferTest has been designed so that information can be quickly and easily entered and modified later if needed The data entry and analysis windows have been separated into navigation tabs the tabs are logically ordered such that the information flow is in a left to right fashion this means that data is first entered in the far left tab then the process proceeds to the right from there The tabs are explained below For pumping tests 3 Pumping Test Discharge gt water Levels gt Analysis Q site Plan O Reports Pumping Test project particulars aquifer properties pumping test details and info well locations and dimensions and units Discharge specify constant or variable discharge rates for one or more pumping wells Water Levels time drawdown data filtering and trend affects Analysis contains selected analysis graphs and associated options diagnostic plots drawdown derivatives and calculated parameters Site Plan map showing basemaps well locations and optional contouring of drawdown Reports preview and print selected reports For slug tests i Slug Test pf Water Level pe Analysis Site Plan a Reports Slug Test project particulars aquifer properties slug test details and info well locations and dimensions and units Water Lev
42. E Calculation ater Bower amp Rice Obremalion Well Tii MS Display Display frame allows you to specify what information will be displayed on the graph e Data Series show hide time drawdown data points e Type Curve show hide the type curve e Derivation of data points display the derivative of the time drawdown data points e Derivation of type curve display the derivative of the type curve e Derivative loads the Derivative Smoothing Settings See Chapter 3 Derivative Analysis for more details When data pre processing is applied another option Measured Data will be presented This option allows you to display the original measured data along with the corrected 79 80 The Display frame is dynamic presenting the appropriate display options for different analysis methods Type curves z type CURVE Allows you to overlay a type curve Clicking on Add type curve will produce the following dialogue P Type curve properties ioj x Select a model Function __ Curve Appearance Color BB Black Width Bl Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Neuman Papadopulos amp amp Cooper fT ss Double Porosity Label Pate Boulton 7 Hantush with Storage Agarwal skin vertical Position above curve Set the dimensionless curve parameters There are no dimensionless parameters for that model Select the type curve and specify the display param
43. Eff BE field in the Aquifer Properties frame of the Pumping Test tab and press the button beside the BE field Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction 223 Aquifer Properties Thickness Ft fzo woe ll Bar EFF BE A blank window for barometric data entry will appear Calculate Barometric Efficiency BE k ail i x Calculation of the Barometric Efficiency BE During a pumping test atmospheric pressure changes may affect recorded water levels in a well By calculating a barometric efficiency BE For the aquifer the drawdown data can be corrected For this affect The BE is defined as the ratio of change in water level in a well to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure The typical range is between 0 20 and 0 75 Click here to import the data From a file Atmospheric Water Level E Pressure m 1 2 3 m Sii s p 6 a 110 m 12 rem 14 Armosonerk Pressure m ost iia Barometric Efficiency NAN p x Click here to refresh the graph and update the results In this window enter Pressure vs Water Level data This data must be recorded before or after the test at a location near the test well The data values can be entered in the grid on the left hand side Or to import data click on the appropriate link above the table Data may be imported in TXT or XLS formats When importing data observe the following requirements e the source file must be in
44. F Mouronval G Bourdarot G and P Curutchet 1988 Pressure Analysis for Horizontal Wells SPE Formation Evaluation December 1988 716 724 Paper SPE 14251 Society of Petroleum Engineer Dallas TX Dominico P A and F W Schwartz 1990 Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology John Wiley amp Sons Inc 824 p Driscoll F G 1987 Groundwater and Wells Johnson Division St Paul Minnesota 55112 1089 p Ferris J G D B Knowless R H Brown and R W Stallman 1962 Theory of aquifer tests U S Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1536E 174 p 211 212 Fetter C W 1988 Applied Hydrogeology Second Edition Macmillan Publishing Company New York New York 592 p Fetter C W 1994 Applied Hydrogeology Third Edition Prentice Hall Inc Upper Saddle River New Jersey 691 p Freeze R A and J A Cherry 1979 Groundwater Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 07632 604 p Gringarten A C Bourdet D Landel P A Kniazeff V J 1979 A comparison between different skin and wellbore storage type curves for early time transient analysis paper SPE 8205 presented at SPE AIME 54th Annual Fall Technical Conference and Exhibition Las Vegas Nev Sept 23 26 Hantush M S and C E Jacob 1955 Non steady radial flow in an infinite leaky aquifer Am Geophys Union Trans vol 36 pp 95 100 Hall P 1996 Water Well and Aquifer Test Analysis Water Resources Publications LLC Highlands
45. For a classical presentation of the Agarwal wellbore storage and skin effects the derivative of the type curve and data points should also be shown on the graph 19 In the Analysis Navigator Panel expand the Display item and enable Derivative of the data points and Derivative of the type curve aje c Cc Major unit K Gridlines K Reverse Diagram Display Data Series Type Curve Derivation of data points Derivation of type curve Dimensionsless Derivative BEE SIcic 4 Type curves Next you will adjust the parameters for this analysis 20 Click the WI Parameter Control button from the Analysis Graph toolbar The Parameter window will appear on your screen There are 3 parameters that can be adjusted e Transmissivity T shifts the data curve up and down e SD dimensionless wellbore storage factor adjusts data points and curves left right e SF dimensionless skin factor adjust the shape of the type curves Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects 311 312 21 Change the T SD and SF values to 6 5E 1 2 3E 3 and 1 9E 1 respectively x Pumping Well T m d SD 5 3 6s S 2 30E 6 S h ooc 1 8 LJ a 22 Click the X button in the upper right corner of the window to close the Parameter window You can also adjust the way the derivative curve is calculated 23 Select Analysis
46. Ly Water Levels Analysis Ste Plan Reports In the box in the top left corner of the tab select OW1 and ensure it is highlighted Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 11 In this exercise you will import data from an MSExcel file From the main menu select File Import Water level measurements 12 Navigate to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and select the file Exercise 1 xls 13 Click Open The data should now appear in the time water levels table 14 Type 0 in the Static Water Level field 15 Click on the 4 Refresh button in the toolbar to refresh the graph 16 You will see the calculated drawdown data appear in the Drawdown column and a drawdown graph displayed on the right Time 5 Water Level rn 0 3 oF 1 3 zl ae 3 6 4 1 47 5 1 5 3 ae 6 1 6 5 oF Fi 75 5 3 5 5 We a7 Drawdown m 0 3 0 7 1 3 2 1 3 2 3 6 4 1 4 7 5 1 5 3 5 7 6 1 6 3 6 7 7 75 5 3 6 5 9 2 9 7 100 200 300 400 500 Time s 17 Click on the Analysis tab Pumping Test Discharge gt water Levels Analysis QQ Site Plan Q Reports 18 In the Data from window select OW1 19 In the Analysis Name field type Theis Analysis Your fields should now look similar to the figure below Data From Recovery period only Analysis Name Theis Analysis Appendix Analysis performed by Analysis date gj2212004 Analysis is b
47. Pumping Test Discharge Water Levels Analysis Site Plan and Reports If slug test is selected there are only five tabs since there is no discharge in the slug test Also in the slug test the Pumping Test tab is replaced by the Slug Test tab Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Pumping Test Tab This tab allows you to lay the groundwork for the test It contains such information as project name location date the units of the test and aquifer and well parameters TaN Aquitertest File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help NIBP AA S Pumping Tests Pumping Test Discharge Water Levels Analysis Site Plan Q Reports Pumping Test 1 Project information Units Project Name Site Plan m m Dimensions m x Project No Time s m Discharge u 5 galjmin x ce onan pressure Location V Convert existing values Pumping Test Aquifer Properties Name Pumping Test 1 Thickness m Performed by Type Unkown v Date 6 24 2011 iv Bar Eff BE m a Te i a Type Elevation ai Benchmark Penetration r m A _ YP eT gestion i aaa Bl a mi Define analysis time range hia z i is J Add comments Additional tasks Import Wells From file Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support kam Project Information Schlumberger In this frame specify the general information about the project such as the project name numbe
48. Water Services also offers expert consulting and peer reviewing services for data management groundwater modeling aqueous geochemical analysis and pumping test analysis For further information please contact sws services slb com Schlumberger Water Services Software We also develop and distribute a number of other useful software products for the groundwater professionals all designed to increase your efficiency and enhance your technical capability including e Visual MODFLOW Premium e Hydro GeoBuilder e Hydro GeoAnalyst e Aquifer Test Pro e AquaChem e GW Contour e UnSat Suite Plus Visual HELP Visual PEST ASP e Visual Groundwater Visual MODFLOW Premium Visual MODFLOW Premium is a three dimensional groundwater flow and contaminant transport modeling application that integrates MODFLOW 2000 SEAWAT MODPATH MT3DMS MT3D99 RT3D VMOD 3D Explorer WinPEST Stream Routing Package Zone Budget MGO SAMG and PHT3D Applications include well head capture zone delineation pumping well optimization aquifer storage and recovery groundwater remediation design simulating natural attenuation and saltwater intrusion Hydro GeoBuilder Hydro GeoBuilder provides a flexible and streamlined approach to developing conceptual models for Visual MODFLOW and FEFLOW Featuring a powerful multi format object data import tool Hydro GeoBuilder offers modeling professionals an expanded workbench of two and three dimension
49. above inputs correspond to a first pumping stage from 0 to 2000 s with 100 gpm Pumping stage 2 from 2000 s to 3500 s with 200 gpm and pumping stage 3 from 3500 to 4500 s with 150 gpm Time s Discharge i 2000 100 200 1 2 3500 200 3 4500 150 130 i a7 5 160 T 1 a q 12 10 y 11 isd 12 13 a 14 15 a 16 17 a 18 19 20 20 21 i ba a 300 1900 1300 2000 250 2000 2500 aw 300 5000 Water Levels Tab This panel contains fields for observation well data entry and provides graphical representation of this data Data may be copied and pasted imported using the Data Logger Wizard or imported from a text or Excel file When importing from Excel only the first table sheet is imported and the data must be in the first two columns Time in the first and Water Levels in the second In addition there are data filtering options and data corrections trend affects barometric affects etc By reducing the number of measured values you can improve the program performance and calculate the aquifer parameters quicker Chapter 1 Introduction Analysis Tab The analysis panel contains the forum for calculating the aquifer parameters using the abundance of graphical solution methods There are two main tabs available Diagnostic and Analysis Diagnostic graphs The Diagnostic graph provides tools for interpreting the drawdown data and is a visual aid for determining the aquifer type if this is not well understood The
50. all wells are displayed on the map Scale x Map width mm Range x About the Interface 233 234 Scale y Map width mm Range y AquiferTest will use the scale that is the smaller from both calculations The value is then rounded down to a typical scale number which is divisible by 10 for example 1 875 would go to 1 1000 AquiferTest does not use the full map width height for the calculation in order to have a buffer distance on the map so that wells which lie on the map edge are not truncated This may result in a negative value for X or Y min The rescale does not change width or height of the map zoom factor or view port imi SaveMap Saye Map allows you to save the sitemap in bitmap BMP format This option also allows you to export drawdown contour lines and project wells to shapefile format SHP Upon selecting this option a Windows explorer dialog will open as shown below zx Save ine E Fuampira a Ff Bian Graphic EAF Himm p Graphe F EMF Yel locelore hapa HF Cortar Lines Shana f SHP Navigate to the desired folder location on your hard drive and specify a file name From the Save as type combo box select the file type you would like to export e g Bitmap Graphic BMP Well Locations Shape SHP or Contour Lines Shape SHP Finally click Save to export the data The Display wells from option allows you to select the pumping test with the appropriate wells
51. and skin effects in unsteady liquid flow I analytical treatment Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal 10 279 289 This concludes the wellbore storage and skin exercise If you have any unresolved questions about AquiferTest please feel free to contact us for further information Schlumberger Water Services 460 Phillip Street Suite 101 Waterloo Ontario CANADA N2L 5J2 Phone 1 519 342 1142 Fax 1 519 885 5262 General Inquiries sws support slb com Web www swstechnology com Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects 313 7 12 Additional AquiferTest Examples Once you have completed the exercises feel free to explore the sample projects that have been included in the Examples folder These examples encompass a wide variety of aquifer conditions and appropriate solutions The following examples are available 314 Agarwal recovery H YT Confined Aquifer Agarwal recover Confined HYT Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis Leaky HYT Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Fractured H YT Fractured Aquifer Warren Root Double Porosity MultiplePumpingWells HYT Confined Aquifer Multiple Wells SpecificCapacity HYT Discharge vs Drawdown Single Well analysis WellBoreStorage HYT Well Bore Storage Papadopulos Cooper PartialPenetration HYT Partially Penetrating Wells Neuman Unconfined H YT Unconfined Aquifer Theis with Jacob correction SlugTestl HYT Bouwer amp Rice Hvorslev SlugTest2 HYT Bouwer amp Rice Hvor
52. appropriate drawdown calculations and plot the data on the graph Time Drawdown Using the Time Drawdown system enter the drawdown data instead of the depth to water levels Time Water Level AMSL Using the Sea Level Datum the top of casing TOC elevation is designated as the Elevation amsl you have entered for that well AquiferTest will read this elevation from the value you have input in the Wells table After you import enter the data you must enter the value for the Static Water Elev Then click on the Refresh icon and AquiferTest will make the appropriate drawdown calculations Time Water Level Benchmark Using the Benchmark Datum the top of casing TOC elevation is designated as the benchmark elevation you have entered for that well This elevation is relative to an arbitrary benchmark that would have been established during a site survey AquiferTest will read this elevation from the value you have input in the Wells table After you import enter the data you must enter the value for the Static Water Elev As with the sea level datum AquiferTest will make the appropriate drawdown calculations by calculating the difference between the static water level elevation and the water levels recorded during the test 59 60 Add Data Correction The data correction drop down menu is located to the right of the Coordinate system Using this menu you can add a user defined data correction trend correction or barometric
53. aquifer conditions well effects and boundary influences which include e Confined e Leaky Recharge Boundary e Barrier Boundary e Double Porosity or Unconfined e Well Effects WellBore storage Each diagnostic graph contains 3 lines e Theis type curve dashed black line Theoretical drawdown curve under the expected conditions solid black line e Drawdown derivative curve solid green line These plots can be displayed on a log log or semi log scale by selecting the appropriate radio button above the diagnostic graphs For this example the aquifer type is not immediately evident upon inspection of only the drawdown data However if you look at the derivative data you can see the characteristic saddle typical of a leaky aquifer outlined in the image above Alternately you can use the semi log diagnostic graph to interpret the aquifer conditions Lin Log radio button above the yellow diagnostic graphs The following window will appear Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph C log log lin log In the Semi Log plot you can compare the observed drawdown curve to the diagnostic plots In this example it is evident that the observed drawdown curve outlined in the image above is very similar to that expected in a Leaky aquifer refer to the theoretical drawdown curve in the second diagnostic graph circled above For more details on the diagnostic graphs see Chapter 4 Diagnostic Pl
54. away you could initially change the assumptions from infinite to barrier bounded however this would not be the correct approach It takes some time until the depression cone reaches that barrier and you might miss other important effects in the meantime To summarize AquiferTest allows you to calculate aquifer parameters in all the possible scenarios that were available in previous versions the difference is that instead of using explicitly defined solution names Stallman etc the results are obtained by starting with a standard solution and sequentially applying correction factors in order to get to the most suitable solution Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 2 Graphing Options 4 2 1 Diagnostic Plots Calculating hydraulic characteristics would be relatively easy if the aquifer system i e aquifer plus well were precisely known This is generally not the case so interpreting a pumping test is primarily a matter of identifying an unknown system System identification relies on models the characteristics of which are assumed to represent the characteristics of the real aquifer system Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 In a pumping test the type of aquifer the well effects well losses and well bore storage and partial penetration and the boundary conditions barrier or recharge boundaries dominate at different times during the test They affect the drawdown behavior of the system in their own individual ways S
55. can use the parameter controls click on the jj parameter controls button located in the toolbar above the graph Recovery period only Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph i Fit ie E Comments Apply Graph Settings P Time 100 1000 10000 100000 e I N A eet I I EEE E ath 10 BINE m EEI ee ee T aa aoe ma At rt A E A le r rae e PEE Et EE e a tt HH ft A H E ere a e S E T S S pews tT TE TT e HAI ETH E Tl Creating a Pumping Test 35 36 The following dialog will appear Parameter aa T U S galfd Fr SO 3 44E 4 e 3 81E 4 4 High High Parameter controls allow you to apply your own expertise and knowledge of the data by manually adjusting the curve fit and updating the values for Transmissivity and Storativity 2 1 5 Reports To print a report with the results perform the following 1 Select Reports Tab 2 Inthe Select printouts frame expand any categories you wish to print and select the reports you wish to print Chapter 2 Getting Started E Pumping Test Discharge O water Levels gt Analysis site Plan Q Reports Select printouts Print preview Page Page m T Previous page F Next page A A C Ste Plan C wells go Measurements Analysis Graphs New analysis 1 v Time Dr awdown Theis oO Analysis Table 3 Select File Print or click on the p Print button in the main toolbar This concludes the
56. is Pumping well The default setting for any well created thereafter is Observation well or Test Well for a slug test To 54 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar change the well type activate the Type field of the desired well and click again to produce a pull down menu From the menu choose the desired well type Type Mot Used Ea Pumping Well Observation Well Piezometer Wok Used e X X coordinate of the well e Y Y coordinate of the well e Elevation amsl well elevation relative to sea level e Benchmark well elevation relative to a benchmark e Penetration penetration type of the well fully penetrating or partially penetrating The default is a Fully penetrating well e R the screen radius e L screen length For horizontal wells the length of the horizontal filter section from the middle of the well e b distance from the top of the aquifer to the bottom of the screen e r casing radius e B borehole radius n gravel pack porosity e Use r w check box allows you to decide whether to use the effective radius The default setting is UNchecked e Horizontal well select if the well is a horizontal well e Direction direction of the horizontal well in degrees 0 corresponds to a North South orientation whereas 90 corresponds to a East West orientation Slug Test Tab The Slug Test Tab contains the same frames as the Pumping Test tab Project information is car
57. links etc This exercise is based on the pumping test data published in Fetter Applied Hydrogeology 3rd Edition 1994 p 223 1 If you have not already done so double click the AquiferTest icon to start an AquiferTest session 2 When you launch an AquiferTest session a blank project with the Pumping Test tab active loads automatically The loaded page should look similar to the one shown below NoName AquiferTest File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help Deeg AAS Pumping Tests g Pumping Test Discharge Q Water Levels li bey Analysis Site Plan kL A Reports Pumping Test 1 Project information Units Project Name Site Plan Dimensions my Project No Time ss Ww Discharge U S gal min Client Transmissivity Ftafd la Pressure Location Convert existing values Well 1 Pumping Test Aquifer Properties S Discharge rates Name Pumping Test 1 Thickness m well 1 Performed by Type Unkown x Water level measurements Date 6 24 2011 a Bar Eff BE m O well 1 sive ee ee i Analyses Bee New analysis 1 Daj Create a New Analysis Define analysis time range E Add comments e to create a new w Additional tasks Import Wells From file Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Ie Contact Technical Support am Schlumberger 3 In this step you will fill in the information needed for the proj
58. measured drawdown data are plotted on a log log scale or a semi log scale On the right side apart from the actual graph the processes characteristic of different aquifer types are schematically represented By comparing the observed data to the pre defined templates it is possible to identify the aquifer type and conditions confined well bore storage boundary influences etc Using this knowledge an appropriate solution method and assumptions can then be selected from the Analysis tab and the aquifer parameters calculated In addition AquiferTest calculates and displays the derivative of the measured drawdown values this is helpful since quite often it is much easier to analyze and interpret the derivative of the drawdown data then just the measured drawdown data itself Analysis graph tab In the Analysis tab there are several panels on the right hand side of the graph that allow setting up the graph changing the aquifer parameters to achieve an optimal curve fit model assumptions display and other settings For more information please see Chapter 3 Analysis Tab on page 65 Site Plan Tab AquiferTest automatically plots the wells on a map layout The site map layout may contain a CAD file or raster image e g a topographic map an air or satellite photograph etc Raster images must be georeferenced using two known co ordinates at the corners of the image For more details see Import Map Image on page
59. must then be defined as negative so that the appropriate amount is subtracted from the observed drawdown Alternatively if the trend shows the water table elevation rising 1cm day the value must then be defined as positive so that the appropriate amount is added to the observed drawdown data Upon clicking OK the data correction will be applied to the measured drawdown data and an additional column will appear in the data table This column will contain the corrected drawdown using this data correction the corrected drawdown will be used in the analysis to calculate the aquifer parameters 5 3 Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction During the pumping test changes in the barometric pressure can have an affect on the recorded drawdown data and should be considered during the data analysis AquiferTest includes the tools to correct drawdown data for barometric effects using data pre processor tools Barometric pre processing generally involves the following Steps 1 Collecting data barometric pressure vs water level prior to or after the test 2 Use this data to calculate the barometric efficiency BE of the aquifer 3 During the pumping test collect time vs water level data AND time vs barometric pressure data 4 Using the BE value determine the equivalent water level measurement at the observed time If the pressure is not recorded at the same time as the water levels linear interpolation may be used to find and corr
60. options are not available for Discharge plots or the plots in the Diagnostic Graphs tab Use the copy feature Edit Copy from the main menu then paste these images into a document or graphics editor Printer Setup Selecting this option will load the dialogue to set up your printer Exit Exit the program Ensure that you have saved the project before exiting 3 2 2 Edit Menu The Edit menu contains the following items Copy Copy the selected item from AquiferTest to the Windows clipboard Depending on your Windows System setup the decimal sign used for the data will either be a period or a comma You can change this within Windows by selecting Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Regional Options Paste Paste data from the Windows clipboard into AquiferTest With this command only the first two columns are transferred Therefore ensure that the first two columns of the information on the clipboard are the desired columns of data When pasting data from a spreadsheet the data must be in adjacent columns with the time data on the left and the water level data on the right When pasting data from a text editor the columns of data must be separated by tabs tab delimited Delete Delete an entry Alternately highlight the entry then right click and select Delete from the menu that appears Entries include Time Water level measurements and Well data To delete a Test or an Analysis use the Delete Object optio
61. or as calculated by Fep r7 1 n nR7 if the water level falls within the screened interval during the slug test where r the inside radius of the well R the outside radius of the filter material or developed zone and n porosity To use effective radius check the box in the Use r w column of the wells grid scroll to the very right The radius of the developed zone R should be entered as the radius of the borehole including the gravel sand pack The Length of the screened interval L should be entered as the length of screen within the saturated zone under static conditions 4 10 3 Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Slug Test The Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos 1967 slug test applies to the instantaneous injection or withdrawal of a volume of water from a large diameter well cased in a confined aquifer If water is injected into the well then the initial head is above the equilibrium level and the solution method predicts the buildup On the other hand if water is withdrawn from the well casing then the initial head is below the equilibrium level and the method calculates the drawdown The drawdown or buildup s is given by the following equation Slug Test Solution Methods 205 CO we s o Bu zal Jo up u 20Y w Y i p Jing 2aJ wag 5 du 0 C where A u uJ u 2aJ W uY u 2aY u a STe B Tt r and Ho initial change in head in the well casing due to the injection or withdrawal r radial
62. select an Excel xls file Navigate to AquiferTest ImportFiles and select OW2_data XLS 5 Click Open The data should appear in the grid Creating a Pumping Test 25 6 The drawdown graph will be displayed as shown below Sample AquiferTest BAX Fie Edt View Test Analysis Tools Hep RR Q a9 A0 8 Pumping Tests E Pumping Test Discharge G Water Levels P Analysis Site Plan Q Reports Example PWw1 Pumping Well Static WL Ft 0 ow OW2 ow3 T Wels Import data Time Water Level TOC m Add Data Correction Fiter J settings Prind Ai zoom Q Pan PW Time min Water Drawdown ai Level ft Ft dss a f 0 07 0 07 hija 2 2 0 21 0 21 Discharge rates 2 3 0 33 0 33 mais ja 4 0 43 0 43 Water level measurements SS 0 51 0 51 Opwi 6 0 58 0 58 Qowi z 0 65 0 65 Qowz 8 8 0 7 0 7 ows 9 9 0 74 0 74 Analyses 10 10 0 8 0 8 73 Se New analysis 1 20 1 08 1 08 T Fa Create a New Analysis 12 30 1 26 1 26 3 Define analysis time range 13 40 1 4 1 4 CJ Add comments 14 lso 1 51 1 51 Additional tasks lis 60 1 62 1 62 Import Wells from file 16 70 1 73 1 73 Create a Pumping Test 17 80 1 81 1 81 Create a Slug Test le 90 19 1 9 Contact Technical Support 19 100 1 97 1 97 1 20 200 2 45 2 45 21 300 2 77 2 77 22 400 3 06 3 06 23 500 3 24 3 24 so 23 2 gt i 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 25 700 3
63. select the project Moench Fracture Skin hyt 3 Click the Open button This pumping test consists of a fully penetrating pumping well and an observation well located 110 metres away 4 Once the project has loaded select Analysis gt Create a New Analysis from the main menu 5 From the Data from list uncheck the UE 25b 1 Pumping Well so that only the UE 25a 1 is selected Data from asena UE 25a 1 6 Select the Diagnostic Graph tab to view the drawdown over time in log log format Exercise 9 Derivative Smoothing 299 Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph log log lin log Derivative oht pooo 0 500 9 oooi COU OTD am CI a ma 7 HH H Z z gt 2 SSS IN si e e ro a z EH ma LLI LL a z r a a LLI s CEI z H aa na Ba H a Confined Leaky or recharge boundary Barrier boundary Double porosity AQ As you can see this diagnostic plot does not really give a clear indication of conditions of the aquifer system i e it cannot be easily matched to one of the diagnostic plot templates
64. smaller it app The leakage factor B must be greater than 3 times the saturated aquifer thickness 4 7 5 Hantush Storage in Aquitard Hantush 1960 presented a method of analysis that takes into account the storage changes in the aquitard For small values of pumping time he gives the following drawdown equation for unsteady flow Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 W u B 2 4nKD where rs 4KDt 158 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods r K D S B 7 fxs 4n KD S S aquitard storativity Bu W u B Serf Pat ay Vy y u An example of a dimensionless Hantush with Storage analysis graph has been included below COOPER amp JACOB II COOPER amp JACOB III THEIS amp JACOB Aquifer type Aquifer extent _ Infinite ropi r Well Penetration Fully Aquitard Storage F F 7 F 5 zi Hantush s curve fitting method can be used if the following assumptions and conditions are satisfied e The flow to the well is in at unsteady state e The water removed from storage in the aquifer and the water supplied by leakage from the aquitard is discharged instantaneously with decline of head e The diameter of the well is very small i e the storage in the well can be neglected e The aquifer is leaky e The aquifer and the aquitard have a seemingly infinite areal extent e The flow in the aquitard is vertical e The drawdown in the unpumped aquifer or in the aquitard if there is no unpump
65. the Reports tab Expand the navigator tree and select the box beside Bouwer amp Rice under Analysis Graphs Exercise 7 Slug Test Analysis Bouwer amp Rice 293 294 32 Check the boxes beside any other reports you wish to print Select Printouts Print preview Page 7 T Previous page JL Next page _ Site Map Wells Water Level Data mi Analysis Graphs Schlumberger Water Services Slug Te ctAnalyde Report 460 Philip St Suite 101 _ Hvorslev Waterloo Ontario N2L 5J2 Iv _ Analysis Table 33 Click on the amp Print button in the tool bar or select File Print from the main menu 34 Save your project by clicking on the f Save icon or selecting File Save as from the main menu Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 8 Exercise 8 High K Butler Method The Butler High K method Butler et al 2003 is an appropriate solution for the analysis of slug tests performed in partially penetrating wells in formations of high hydraulic conductivity where oscillating effects are usually encountered in drawdown data This exercise provides an example of slug test analysis using the high k butler method on oscillating drawdown data This exercise is written with the assumption that you have gone through the first exercise and are familiar with the AquiferTest interface 1 Start AquiferTest or if you already have it open create a new project by cli
66. the Reports tab and checking the boxes beside the reports you wish to print 37 Click on the f Print button in the tool bar or select File Print from the main menu 266 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 38 Save your project by clicking on the fa Save icon or selecting File Save as from the main menu This concludes the exercise The next exercise will deal with multiple pumping wells You have the choice of exiting AquiferTest or proceeding to the next exercise Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution 267 7 4 Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells In this exercise you will learn how to use AquiferTest to not only determine aquifer properties using discharge and drawdown data but also how to use these values to predict the effect that an additional pumping well will have on drawdown at the observation well and also how to predict the drawdown in a well at any point in the effective area of the pumping well s This exercise 1s divided into 3 sections To begin you will create a Theis analysis to determine the aquifer parameters Then you will examine the effect a second pumping well will have on the drawdown at the observation well used in the first section Finally you will predict the drawdown at a well at any point in the effective radius of the pumping wells 7 4 1 Determining Aquifer Parameters 268 1 Start AquiferTest or if you already have it open crea
67. the Water Levels tab however you still need to define the pumping rate information Pumping Test Methods 185 186 Assumptions and Domain of Validity Agarwal 1980 derived rigorously the previous expressions under the assumptions of a two dimensional radial convergent flow field in an infinite confined aquifer with a fully penetrating well with or without skin effect and no well bore storage It assumes also that the Cooper Jacob approximation is valid late time asymptote Agarwal shows empirically that the method is valid for a single well test with well bore storage and skin effect when the pumping time is large 2 l gt 304 26 4 T where T Transmissivity r Casing radius if different from the screen radius o Skin factor In addition Agarwal demonstrates that the method provides good results for vertically fractured wells with infinite and finite flow capacity fracture Gringarten et al solution Reference Agarwal R G 1980 A new method to account for producing time effects when drawdown type curves are used to analyze pressure buildup and other test data Proceedings of the 55th Annual Fall Technical Conference and Exhibition of the Society of Petroleum Engineers Paper SPE 9289 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 8 Well Performance Methods 4 8 1 Specific Capacity This test is commonly used to evaluate over time the productivity of a well which is expressed in terms of its specific cap
68. the aquifer can be approximated by a linear function for the time of the pumping test An Example would be seasonal drainage e log function of time An Example would be drainage of an aquifer after precipitation e periodic function could be tidal effects Note It is not possible to apply a data correction only to a certain period of time it always applies to all data It is only possible to limit to a particular well For tidal corrections the coefficients are defined as follows Customized Water Level Trends 219 A amplitude half amount of the tidal change during one period high low tide B phase displacement calculated as follows For example 2 hours after ebb PI 2 2h 6 2h PI Please note that B is dimensionless so it must be given in radian C period PI 12 h 25 min DS The range of application indicates whether the correction applies only to the current well data set or to all wells For example a local trend usually affects all wells while a periodic correction of the Tidal influences depends on the distance to the sea and therefore must be unique for each observation well When defining the coefficients be aware of the sign positive or negative The result of the calculation is added to the drawdown values 1 e if the value is positive the drawdown increases for negative values the drawdown decreases For example if you have a local trend where the water table decreases 1cm d the value
69. the same units as the test e data file must be TXT or XLS with two columns of data pressure and water level Once the data is entered the dialog will look similar to the following 224 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Calculate Barometric Efficiency BE Ed Calculation of the Barometric Efficiency BE During a pumping test atmospheric pressure changes may affect recorded water levels in a well By calculating a barometric efficiency BE For the aquifer the drawdown data can be corrected for this affect The BE is defined as the ratio of change in water level in a well to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure The typical range is between 0 20 and 0 75 Click here to import the data From a file Water Level m 99591 8328 10 02497185 100125 1224 9 992344957 939991 8 10 00050168 100258 4448 9 984188235 100525 0896 9 967874791 100391 7672 9 976031513 100258 4448 9 984188235 98925 2208 10 06575546 99125 2044 10 05352037 10 99991 8 10 00050168 11 98125 2864 10 11469579 12 98925 2208 10 06575546 13 99458 5104 10 03312857 9 966 98125 286 100525 09 14 98391 9312 10 09838235 Atmospheric Pressure Pa 15 100258 4448 9 984188235 16 99325 188 10 04128529 X Click here to refresh the graph and update the results Atmospheric Pressure Pa Barometric Efficiency 0 60 Lem eee gan Cancel The dialog displays a graph with the data and fits a line an
70. the top of the aquifer at the start time of the pumping test In this example b is not required however this value is required to complete an analysis for partially penetrating wells Next you must create an observation well To do so Click Click here to create a new well located directly below the first row in the Wells table Enter the following information for this well Creating a Pumping Test Name Type X coordinate Y coordinate Elevation amsl Benchmark Penetration R effective radius L screen length b dist from bottom of well screen to top of aquifer r casing radius Owl Observation Well 30 0 0 0 Fully 0 05 3 leave blank 0 025 19 20 Using the same procedure add two additional observation wells and define the details as listed below and Name Type X coordinate Y coordinate Elevation amsl Benchmark Penetration R effective radius L screen length b dist from bottom of well screen to top of aquifer r casing radius Name Type X coordinate Y coordinate Elevation amsl Benchmark Penetration R effective radius L screen length b dist from bottom of well screen to top of aquifer r casing radius OW2 Observation Well 200 0 0 0 Fully 0 05 3 leave blank 0 025 OW3 Observation Well 1000 0 0 0 Fully 0 05 3 leave blank 0 025 Chapter 2 Getting Started a a ae To
71. the total discharge from the two wells decreases to 150 gpm from 300 gpm and the resulting drawdown is less Time min 73 J J 130 300 a as i200 1250 1300 NOTE You may need to modify the max value for the drawdown axis to see the entire curve Using this procedure AquiferTest allows you to predict the effect of any number of pumping wells on the drawdown at a well 276 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 4 3 Predicting Drawdown at Any Distance from the Pumping well In this section an imaginary observation well will be added at the property border close to the pumping test site The following procedure will allow you to predict the drawdown at that well or any well at a given set of coordinates 46 Return to the Pumping Test tab and locate the Wells table Create a well with the following parameters e Name OW 2 e Type Observation Well e X 700 e Y 850 e L 50 e r 0 25 e R 0 30 47 Select the Water Levels tab 48 Select OW 2 from the list of wells Enter the following dummy data points for this well Time Water Level 1 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1440 1 49 Enter the Depth to static water level of 0 water Supply 1 Pumping zatic Water Level Ft boo Water Supply 2 Pumping joy p pb p pab pb pa pak Ci Import ki Add Data C Drawdown Ft Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 271 NOTE These values are dummy point
72. to specify the start time and data filtering options The data loggers usually record measurements at pre set time intervals and as such record many repetitive water level measurements To import so much redundant data slows down the processing speed The data can be filtered by time or by change in water level Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution 263 Select the radio button beside the By change in depth to WL and enter 0 01 Logger file Wizard Step 6 of 6 i xi Time at t 0 Date jan 2000 Time a 45 05 AM Format widiy mport f Al Data f By change in time a f By change in Water Level m o j Cancel Previous Import Click Import 18 A dialog box will appear indicating 233 data points have been imported Click OK 19 Enter Static Water level as 2 0 20 Click on the 4 Refresh button in the toolbar to refresh the graph The calculated drawdown appears in the Drawdown column and a graph of the drawdown appears to the right of the data 21 Move to the Analysis tab 22 Select OW1 from the Data from window 23 In the Analysis Name field type Agarwal Recovery 24 The graph below shows the Drawdown and recovery data 264 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 25 Check the box beside the Recovery period only under the Data from window Data From Analysis Mame agarwal Recovery Ap alysis performed by Analysis is based on ass
73. to the following figure Elevation tall Benchmark Penetration Pumping well g zZ Dwi Observation Well 80 Click here to create a mew well 6 Click on the Discharge tab to enter discharge data for the pumping well 7 In the Discharge frame select the radio button beside Constant 8 Enter 70 in the field to the right ischarge U 5 gal min amp Constant ro i Variable 9 Click the Water Levels tab to enter the water level data for the observation well In this example you will cut and paste data from a data file 10 In the window in the top left corner highlight OWT 11 Minimize AquiferTest and browse to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and select the file Exercise 2 xls 12 Double click on this file to open it in MS Excel 13 Select the first two columns of data and Copy this onto the Windows clipboard 14 Minimize MS Excel and Maximize the AquiferTest window 15 Activate the Water Levels tab 254 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 16 Right click on the first cell in the Time Water Level grid and select Paste Drawdown Time mingiMater Level ft Ft 0 1 o 01 foo 0 2 0 08 Ae 0 3 0 22 0 4 0 37 Le 0 5 0 51 0 37 0E 0 65 0 51 0 7 0 77 Copy e 0 8 0 59 T 0 9 0 99 ae Paste ae 2 1 57 0 99 3 1 95 ae 4 21 5 2 18 gia E 223 1 95 7 396 a4 17 Enter 0 in the Static Water Level field 18 Click on the 4 Refresh button in the t
74. water level at t 0 m PARER PP ey hen vat st te ee ay i E e st t 3 ig at y N a fi p a i resulting K depression cone a For more details please see p 109 Kruseman and de Ridder Theory of Superposition 137 4 4 4 Effects of Vertical Anisotropy and Partially Penetrating Wells 138 Pumping wells and monitoring wells often only tap into an aquifer and may not necessarily fully penetrate the entire thickness This means only a portion of the aquifer thickness is screened and that both horizontal and vertical flow will occur near the pumping well Since partial penetration induces vertical flow components in the vicinity of the well the general assumption that the well receives water only from horizontal flow is no longer valid Krusemann and de Ridder 1990 p 159 Consequently as soon as there is a vertical flow component the anisotropic properties of the aquifer should also be considered If the aquifer is anisotropic then the permeability in the horizontal direction is different from the vertical permeability To account for partially penetrating wells the user must enter the values for the well screen lengths the distance from the bottom of the screen to the top of the aquifer b value and the initial saturated aquifer thickness These parameters are defined in the Pumping Test tab AquiferTest wi
75. 02 2 00E2 1 40E 3 1 40E 3 The Moench Solution for fracture flow assumes the following e The aquifer is anisotropic and homogeneous e The aquifer is infinite in horizontal extent e The aquifer is of constant thickness e The aquifer is confined above and below by impermeable layers e Darcy s law is valid for the flow in the fissures and blocks e Water enters the pumped well only through the fractures e Observation piezometers reflect the hydraulic head of the fractures in the REV e Flow in the block is perpendicular to the block fracture interface e The well is pumped at a constant rate e Both the pumping well and the observation wells are fully penetrating The model assumptions must be defined in the Analysis Panel as shown below Fracture Skin For the block to fissure flow model select either transient or pseudo steady state For the block geometry select either slab or sphere Pumping Test Methods 177 178 Type curve properties x Curve Appearance Dimensionless Parameters Select a model Function Set the dimensionless curve parameters Theis with Jacob Correction Heumann Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Boulton Moench Fracture Flow Hantush with Storage Parameter Yalue Description Color C Black Width E aj Style solid eS eos Horz Position itO 1000 Vertical Position Jabove curve Y Ratio S Matrix S Fissures must be gt 1 In
76. 14 e Micro Diver 15 e M TD Diver 10 e TD Diver 07 Logger File Wizard Step 1 In the first step specify the row number where you want to start importing This is useful if there is header information in the logger file that should be ignored Main Menu Bar 89 Logger file Wizard Step 1 of 6 x Load Import Settings None Start Import at row f File origin Aindows ANS Preview of File D WquiferTest3 SiExercises new txt a eB ee 11401 011 20 02018 711401 011 21 02016 5 711401 011 22 02015 5 711401 011 23 02015 0 11401 011 24 02014 8 711401 011 25 02014 7 711401 011 26 02014 6 11401 011 27 02014 50 oo 4m oh E w W At this step you can also Load Import Settings saved from a previous import session This eliminates the task of manually specifying individual settings at each step a tremendous time saver when importing multiple datalogger files of the same format If your data was recorded using a Level Logger or Diver datalogger you have the option of selecting one of these pre defined import settings Logger file Wizard Step 1 of 6 Diver Datalogger Level Logger F Series Feet Start Import at row Previews of File D Prog 12 09 00 06 45 45 120900 06 45 55 2 931 M 1209 00 08 46 05 2 974 mM 12 0900 08 46 15 3 011 mM 120900 08 46 25 3 043 m oo 4 M h amp w ha Cancel Previous Import If you are using a Diver Datalogger or Level Logger choo
77. 14 37 0 38 14 2 0 21 14 11 0 12 14 05 0 06 14 03 0 04 14 01 0 02 14 0 01 13 99 0 MP wu on oO oOo a oon Oo oO kt N e Change in WL ft bh 4 6 Time s 11 Click on the Analysis tab 12 In the Analysis Name type in Hvorslev Notice that this name now appears in the Analyses frame of the Project Navigator panel 13 From the Analysis method frame of the Analysis Navigator panel choose Exercise 7 Slug Test Analysis Bouwer amp Rice 291 14 15 16 17 18 19 292 Hvorslev Time vs Change in WL LOOPER BREDEHOEFT PAPA Hyvorsley Bouwer amp Rice Set the Max and Min values on both axes so that the graph fits comfortably on the page Click on the G Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve Time s If you are not satisfied with the fit of the line use Parameter Controls to adjust it Once you are finished the results in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel should display the calculated conductivity value K 8 10 E 1 ft d 81 ft day The following table illustrates a comparison of the conductivity value with those that are published reference Aquifer Test Published Fetter 1994 Conductivity ft d 8 37 E 1 7 9 E 1 For this slug test data you can also perform the Bouwer amp Rice a
78. 19 8400 160 22 160 22 20 9600 161 07 161 07 21 10800 161 67 161 67 o 0 400000 800000 1200000 1600000 2000000 22 12600 162 67 162 67 Time s 23 14400 163 22 163 22 24 16200 164 02 164 02 ha 12 Click the Analysis tab 13 From the Data From list select the Pumping Well Pumping Well check box The AquiferTest analysis will show Time Drawdown data on a linear linear scale INGL ayvvuuyyi I Time s Theis 0 400000 800000 1200000 1600000 2000000 Aantush 0 00 Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper 40 00 Double Porosity Boulton Moench Fracture Flow 80 00 Hantush with Storage Agarwal skin Clonts amp Ramey Cooper amp Jacob I 120 00 Cooper amp Jacob II Cooper amp Jacob III Theis Recovery awuuwi puny v Results Pumping Well T m d 8 64E1 S 1 00E 4 Model Assumptions 200 00 Aquifer type Confined Aquifer extent Infinite 14 From the Analysis Panel Navigator expand the Display item 160 00 15 Select the Dimensionless checkbox Reverse the dimensionless water level graph so that the drawdown increases upward 16 Expand the Drawdown item in the Analysis Panel Navigator 17 Select the Reverse checkbox You AquiferTest window should look similar to the one shown below 310 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 10 m Pumping Well 18 Under the Analysis Method select the Agarwal skin solution method
79. 1976 developed an equation for hydraulic conductivity as follows Slug Test Solution Methods 197 2 Feen r In K Re 1 r 72 7 2L t h where r piezometer radius or rer if water level change is within the screened interval R radius measured from centre of well to undisturbed aquifer material R dissipated in the aquifer cont Contributing radial distance over which the difference in head ho is L the length of the screen b length from bottom of well screen to top of the aquifer h displacement as a function of time h hp must always be less than one 1 e water level must always approach the static water level as time increases ho initial displacement Since the contributing radius R of the aquifer is seldom known Bouwer Rice developed empirical curves to account for this radius by three coefficients A B C which are all functions of the ratio of L R Coefficients A and B are used for partially penetrating wells and coefficient C is used only for fully penetrating wells To analyze partially penetrating wells select the Partially Penetration option in the Wells table The calculated coefficient values can be displayed for a Bouwer amp Rice analysis by pressing Ctrl Alt D NOT Ctrl Alt Del An example of the information window is shown below Information i xj Information about Bouwer 8 Ace Well Penetration Fully Lir 210 00 C 7 03 The data are plotted w
80. 2 Thickness m i Wells U r Performed by Type Unkown A oi Date 6 27 2011 x Bar EFF BE Oo Ow2 OWS E Analyses 1 Be New analysis 1 PWO Not Used 0 i 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Ba cr eate a New Analysis Owi Not Used 9 144 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Define analysis time range owe Not Used 60 96 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 g Add comments Ow3 Not Used 304 8 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Additional tasks Click here to create a new well Import Wells From file Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support an Schlumberger The first step is to define the test information units and the test well 2 2 1 Slug Test Information The Project information Name Number Client and Location is defined on a project level and will be carried over from the previous pumping test Test Information Enter the following new information for the slug test on the Slug Test tab Slug Test Information Name Sample Slug Test Performed by Your Name Date Test Date Aquifer Properties Chapter 2 Getting Started Thickness m 10 Type confined BE leave blank Units AquiferTest allows you to store unique units for each pumping or slug test In this example you will define new units for the new slug test Define the following units for this slug test Site Plan m Dimensions m Time S Discharge N A Transmissivity m s
81. 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Analysis Panel Show or hide the analysis panel The analysis panel is visible when the Analysis tab is activated and is located on the right side of the window ampie AquiterTet Fle Et Vien Tout Anya Tok He a i F Pune Tels Ena Wek Feii owl owt wa Decherd niet Pa Water pod esa remedy ean foe egwi hc J Anahi Nie anual E P Tenan Day Creabe a New angles oy i Desires rush Bere 0 ace a adi commenta Ad iiona tais inport Weh Iran Fie Credle a Purrgarey Tiit Cree d Ag lee Tonket Tehri Suppa Analysis Status akg T purring tet BY ehang S water weve andn serie Gg Reports Data from me Gay Anari Mame Tine Drgecden Appear cae wa El T ows Avahi Perfureen bry Andar Date AZN This is a Time rsedosn Piot vioo caoulsioa ee the Angiypa paral or gisk Meee be pelegt a haet method Le Raters p oy Dige Graph a ah Ana hod Tr Ths Fisntunh G Stone aah A ol TR via D A Time min it 450 Ba ismi 2600 Ti wath Detar Cortes Meu Pipro amp Coogee Daubis Preeti Bethan Boem Fracture Pie Hantugh was Shorage pres tam Cloned i Bay Cooper isb ooper iroh ff Conger A lob I Thag Fakiiri y Tiere acai pAn ante Wgm h apii Analysis i panel Dravedorn it he Show the analysis status message box The analysis status message box is visible when the Analysis tab is act
82. 4800 3 4 9 691200 8 44 10 777600 3 44 11 864000 8 44 R 12 950400 8 47 Trend coefficient m s 2 58E 7 1036800 8 48 bc Result of t Test Trend is significant 14 1123200 8 48 FEE AA x Click here to refresh the graph and update the results me 282 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Below the graph you will see the calculated Trend coefficient displayed If this is not visible click on the Click here to refresh the graph and update the results link below the graph At the bottom of the dialog there will be a label indicating if the trend is significant which is determined by t test In this example the calculated trend coefficient is 2 58 E 7 m s or 2 22 cm day The negative sign indicates that the water levels tend to RISE by 2 22 cm day The trend is significant as such the drawdown values should be corrected with the trend coefficient 11 Click OK to close the dialog 12 The correction data has been imported and the Time Water Level table now has two new columns Trend correction and Corrected drawdown used in analysis Corrected drawdown is calculated using the trend coefficient To obtain the corrected drawdown the Trend Correction value is added to the observed drawdown In this example the Corrected Drawdown is slightly greater than the observed drawdown 13 Switch
83. 6 pp 519 524 Walton W C 1962 Selected analytical methods for well and aquifer elevation Illinois State Water Survey Bull No 49 81 pg Walton W C 1996 Aquifer Test Analysis with WINDOWS Software CRC Press Inc Boca Raton Florida 33431 301 p Warren J E amp Root P J 1963 The behaviour of naturally fractured reservoirs Soc of Petrol Engrs J Vol 3 245 255 Weeks E P 1969 Determining the ratio of horizontal to vertical permeability by aquifer test analysis Water Resources Res Vol 5 196 214 213 214 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Data Pre Processing Surrounding water level trends and barometric affects may have a significant impact on the water levels recorded during your pumping test AquiferTest now includes the tools to analyze these affects to determine if they played a role in your pumping test Using the data pre processor utilities you can correct your water level measurements for baseline trends trend effects and barometric pressure changes This corrected drawdown data should then be used for the calculation of the aquifer parameters NOTE Data Pre Processing tools are available in AquiferTest Pro only According to the U S EPA SOP for Pumping Tests Osborne 1993 data pre processing is a critical step in any pumping test analysis Collecting data on pre test water levels is essential if the analysis of the test data is to be completely successful The basel
84. 979 Groundwater Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 07632 604 p Kruseman G P and N A de Ridder 1990 Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data Second Edition Completely Revised ILRI publication 47 Intern Inst for Land Reclamation and Improvements Wageningen Netherlands 377 p Fetter C W 1994 Applied Hydrogeology Third Edition Prentice Hall Inc Upper Saddle River New Jersey 691 p Dominico P A and F W Schwartz 1990 Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology John Wiley amp Sons Inc 824 p Driscoll F G 1987 Groundwater and Wells Johnson Division St Paul Minnesota 55112 1089 p In addition several key publications are cited in the References section at the end of this chapter 117 4 1 Background 118 The methodology of AquiferTest is very different from its predecessors In earlier versions you would select the most suitable analysis method for the data based on the assumptions and data requirements and obtain the results In AquiferTest the approach is somewhat reversed Now you specify the model assumptions aquifer type isotropy boundary conditions discharge type and well penetration and AquiferTest attempts to select the most suitable solution method In addition some of the methods from v 3 5 have been replaced For example in AquiferTest v 3 5 Pro the Theis method was implemented in five formats e Classical Theis solution with the assumption of isotropic infin
85. 987 Groundwater and Wells Johnson Division St Paul Minnesota 55112 1089 p In addition several key publications are cited at the end of Chapter 4 1 4 About the Interface AquiferTest is designed to automate the most common tasks that hydrogeologists and other water supply professionals typically encounter when planning and analyzing the results of an aquifer test The program design allows you to efficiently manage all information from your aquifer test and perform more analyses in less time For example you need to enter information about your testing wells e g X and Y Chapter Introduction coordinates elevation screen length etc only once in AquiferTest After you create a well you can see it in the navigator panel or in the wells grid When you import data or create an analysis you specify which wells to include from the list of available wells in the project If you decide to perform additional analyses you can again specify from the available wells without re creating them in AquiferTest There is no need to re enter your data or create a new project Your analysis graph is refreshed and the data re analyzed using the selected solution method This is useful for quickly comparing the results of data analysis using different solution methods If you need solution specific information for the new analysis AquiferTest prompts you for the required data 1 4 1 Getting Around A typical AquiferTest window is shown belo
86. 9991 8 10 00050168 iuas 98125 2864 10 11469579 12 98925 2208 10 06575546 13 99458 5104 10 03312857 14 98391 9312 10 09838235 aan as Soman ts jas 100258 4448 9 984188235 Barometric Efficiency 0 60 16 99325 188 10 04128529 wf Click here to refresh the graph and update the results As the data loads into the table the graph appears to the right of the table and barometric efficiency B E is calculated and displayed below the graph If this does not occur click the Click here link below the graph to refresh the display The calculated barometric efficiency is 0 60 286 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 8 Click OK to close this dialog and notice that 0 60 now appears in the Bar Eff field in the Aquifer Properties frame in the Pumping Test tab Bar EFF BE 0 60 9 Return to the Water Levels tab Add a Barometric correction to Well 2 by clicking on the down arrow beside the Add data correction button and selecting Barometric Correction add Data Correction Trend Correction Barometric Correction The following dialog will appear Barometric Data BR z i x Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during a pumping test Click here to import the data From a file For each water level measurement AquiferTest will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure Time s Atmospheric 4 Pressure
87. Analysis report Analyses Report E x Customize the analyses report layout Columns Print average value cancel Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Main Menu Bar General Tab x Reports Seneral Constants Appearance User Fields File Location D Program Files aquifertestiy 0 gul Additional options lt lt f Full Screen on start up Iv Display Notifications iW Create Backup Files Bak I Add unit text to axis label ec ME eee Load display settings on switiching ta dimensionless view Jioglag recovery analysis Jioglag dimensionless view C B F Slug Test Jioalag Default method for unconfined anisotropic aquifer BOULTON i Use NEUMAN table interpolation much Faster slightly less accurate Default Units Site plan m Dimensions m Time s Discharge Jus galimir Transmissivity Feafa Pressure Fa Contains general program settings such as e File location specify default folder for saving opening projects e Additional options e Load the program as full screen e Display notifications warning messages in the Analysis tab e Create back up files of your project with extension BAK e Show hide units on plot axis labels e Enable the Autosave feature and specify the time interval e Load Dimensionless view when creating new analysis e Display settings on switching to e Select a graph template to be used when you switch to Dimensionless v
88. Bar cecceeee 47 Generalinio gis ge on Os 0 6ee oS0 S28 Ohl O26 eo See Peso eee 1a tse ee 47 Project Navisator Panes 6 6 5 6 g sd os wales dee esther wR weed aN A tens any Bae eae OES 47 Data Entry and Analysis Tabs 0 0 0 ccc eens 50 Main Menu Bar saeed 6 ese cae S cee e rs oa Sees 6 5S SS 6S A 84 Fle Men 38 4 duced Ss Rhee eee Rae aa a aa a anaa a a A ENE RNS RR 84 Ea e E O E EEEE EE E E EEEE EEE E EE E E 96 Mew Menmi acces eth eae ase eet aad ao ath od whe Caw aa a Mee aaea Bt a ded Gia ad 98 MNES Sy Cmi oreren roar tec ah 3 Ge eta ne ar ew ee Me ee ee eS E at Grete 100 INNGIYSISAVICNU cc 62 on eae tae eine ae oe wears hes Beis Ae Ge Ha ae Be 102 TOONS MCU esetere tose oe oes Eee eo tas oa Bh chase ioe eee eee oe a E aE 107 Table of Contents vii Help Men core wa eh et eens Vance ee de ae Bae begat eels 115 4 Theory and Analysis Methods ccceccecceecel ll BaCk Oroung 4 4 55 ta ton eee AS EGER eee ewer eas 118 Graphin Options 2556054545 tie h ioe oe bw ented deo bbe e404 Reb 119 Diaenosuc POs 0 4 cok oe ae ae Bee wae hie eek nas Chee oaeosureed 119 Analysis Plots and OpuOns ss act cose bee eels eae ee tele ew eal bw AE Na 122 AMAlySIS Paramete S esi sce cian daa et its ed eile cae wee Oas Ska ee week 125 Automa C UNE Pins 25 r ieee tea dd ou eee obs Cee ebook eke ee pee wed 125 IA erin AV ai Seas eh Mn Goer GO th a eat dels INS ca gr 8 clare docs E ee 127 Theory of SUPEEDOSINON 6 6244 05 05 oi G
89. Begin of measurements Time s Water Level m m Time lal EFFEEF Trend coefficient m s Result of t Test Trend is not significant Eo F x Click here to refresh the graph and update the results Cancel 7 In the Observation well drop down menu select Well 2 your observation well 8 Follow the Click here link above the data table 9 Browse to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and locate the file Trenddata xls This file contains daily measurements of time s vs water level m data recorded by a logger for 42 days 10 Click Open You will see the data points displayed in the table and the calculated trend line appear on a graph to the right of the table Calculate Trend it B y x Calculation of the Trend Coefficient The aquifer may be influenced by natural recharge or discharge which will result in a rise or Fall in the hydraulic head By interpolation from hydrographs of the well and the piezometers this natural rise or fall can be determined For the pumping and recovery periods This information is then used to correct the observed water levels Kruseman and de Ridder Click here to import the data From a file Observation well ELF Begin of measurements Time s Water Level m 1 8 21 2 86400 8 24 E a 172800 8 25 lasal 4 259200 8 26 pass Eia 345600 Biia 6 432000 8 36 7 518400 8 38 Ss 8 60
90. In addition any existing wells will be copied over to the new test but will be set to Not Used by default 100 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar In the Pumping test notebook page you can enter the details of the pumping test including the Saturated Aquifer thickness Units and Wells For more information see Pumping Test Tab on page 51 The new pumping test will be saved in the existing AquiferTest project HYT file Create a Slug test Selecting this menu option will create a new slug test Another way to create a slug test is to select the link Create a Slug test under the Additional tasks frame in the Project Navigator When this is done the Slug Test tab will appear and all fields will be blank except the Project Information if you have already completed this in an earlier test Any existing wells will be copied over to the new test but will be set to Not Used by default For a slug test only one well can be selected as the Test Well This is done in the well Type column in the Wells grid in the Slug Test tab Create a new slug test for each additional test well For more information see Slug Test Tab on page 55 Trend Correction Load options for correcting water levels due to trend effects Calculate Trend Ed Calculation of the Trend Coefficient The aquifer may be influenced by natural recharge or discharge which will result in a rise or fall in the hydraulic head
91. New Analysis link from the Analyses frame of the Project Navigator Depending on which test is selected this function will create a new pumping test analysis or a new slug test analysis Create Analysis Considering Well Effects Creates an analysis using the Papadopulos Cooper method which accounts for well bore storage For more details see Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 102 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Create Analysis for Specific Capacity Creates a Specific Capacity analysis for the selected well For more details see Chapter 4 Specific Capacity Well Losses Creates a Hantush Biershenk analysis for the selected well For more details see Chapter 4 Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution Define Analysis Time Range Defines a time range of data points for the selected data set Another way to perform this action is to select Define analysis time range from the Analyses frame of the Project Navigator Selecting this option will produce the following dialogue Analysis Time Limit x Time Limit Data to Include rir i Al Before After Between and Cancel In this dialogue you can specify the time range for points that should be included The excluded points will be removed completely from the analysis graph Fit Performs an automatic fit for the selected well Alternately you may click the Fit button above the analysis graph U Fit If the Automatic fit fails to f
92. Parameter Factor Set a factor for adjusting parameter values this is used in the Analysis Parameter controls when doing the manual adjustment of the curve fit and aquifer parameters The default interval value is 1 5 Cooper Jacob e Set a value for u for the validity line Value must be between 0 01 and 0 1 e Select the option for determining closest point for the Cooper Jacob Distance Drawdown analysis When using this method you are required to enter a time value for the analysis If there is no observed water level for this time value AquiferTest will search for the next closest observation point back and forward in time Assume you are looking for the closest point for t 100 s and you have data points at 10 s and 300 s If Linear is selected the program takes the data point at 10 s because delta tis 90 s compared to the other point where delta tis 200 s If Log is selected the program uses the 300 s data point because ABS log 300 log 100 is 0 477 compared to ABS log 10 log 100 which is 1 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Appearance tab Reports General Constants Appearance User Fields Colors For Wells Table Pumping Wells O Sky Blue Observation Wells E Money Green Piezometers Marker Symbols Well Color xl W Type curves use same color as markers i Draw marker symbols behind type curve Form Scaling Scale Factor 100 Colors for Wells Table Spec
93. Pressure N A Units for Discharge and Pressure can be ignored since these parameters are not required for slug tests Well Locations and Geometry A new well must be defined for the slug test e Click Click here to create a new well In the Wells grid at the bottom of the window enter the following information for this well Name MW5 Type Test Well X coordinate 0 Y coordinate 0 Elevation amsl 0 Benchmark 0 Penetration Fully R effective radius 0 05 L screen length 3 b dist from bottom of well screen to top of aquifer leave blank r casing radius 0 025 The remaining fields can be left blank The Pumping well b value is the distance from the bottom of the well screen to the top of the aquifer at the start time of the pumping test In this example b is not required however this value is required to complete an analysis for partially penetrating wells Creating a Slug Test 39 40 NOTE The well details for previously created wells have been automatically converted to the units scheme used in the slug test If you click on your pumping test Example in the Tests frame of the Project Navigator panel those values would revert back while the values for MW5 will be converted to the units of the pumping test 2 2 2 Water Level Data The next step in creating a slug test is to add the recorded water level data from the test well MWS As with pumping tests you have several options for ad
94. Ranch Colorado 80163 0026 412p Hvorslev M J 1951 Time Lag and Soil Permeability in Ground Water Observations bul no 26 Waterways Experiment Station Corps of Engineers U S Army Vicksburg Mississippi Kawecki M W 2000 Transient flow to a horizontal water well Ground Water 38 6 842 850 Kruseman G P and N A de Ridder 1979 Analysis and evaluation of pumping test data Bull 11 Intern Inst for Land Reclamation and Improvements Wageningen Netherlands 200 p Kruseman G P and N A de Ridder 1990 Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data Second Edition Completely Revised ILRI publication 47 Intern Inst for Land Reclamation and Improvements Wageningen Netherlands 377 p A F 1984 Double Porosity Models for Fissured Groundwater Reservoir with Fracture Skin Water Resources Research vol 20 No 7 pp 831 846 A F 1988 The Response of Partially Penetrating Wells to Pumpage from Double Porosity Aquifers Symposium Proceedings of International Conference on Fluid Flow in Fractured Rocks Hydrogeology Program Department of Geology Georgia State University pp 208 219 Moench A F 1984 Double Porosity Models for a Fissured Groundwater Reservoir With Fracture Skin Water Resources Research vol 20 No 7 pp 831 845 Moench A F 1993 Computation of Type Curves for Flow to Partially Penetrating Wells in Water Table Aquifers Ground Water vol 31 No 6 pp 966 971 Moench A F 1994
95. SC and planning a pumping test The functionality of each feature is explained in detail in the following exercises e Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis e Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis e Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution e Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells e Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction e Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction e Exercise 7 Slug Test Analysis Bouwer amp Rice e Exercise 8 High K Butler Method e Exercise 9 Derivative Smoothing e Exercise 10 Horizontal Wells e Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects These exercises are designed to help you familiarize yourself with various functions of the program but also to provide you with comparisons of the results obtained from AquiferTest to some other sources including published works and AquiferTest 3 5 The sequence of a typical AquiferTest session is 1 2 3 4 5 Open or create a project Enter and or import data and well information Select an analysis method Fit the type curve Print the output If AquiferTest is not already installed follow the instructions found in Chapter 1 Introduction 245 7 1 Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis This exercise is designed to introduce you to the basic functions and pathways in AquiferTest Go through this chapter carefully taking note of the locations of different shortcuts buttons tabs
96. Scor S s 2D where Scor the corrected drawdown s measured drawdown D original saturated aquifer thickness An example of a Theis Jacob Correction analysis graph has been included below Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Time min 10 100 10000 In this example the dimensionless view is shown An example of a Theis Jacob Correction analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Unconfined HYT Dimensionless Parameters There are no additional type curve parameters for this solution method 4 7 8 Unconfined Anisotropic For an unconfined anisotropic aquifer AquiferTest provides two options Neuman or Boulton The Neuman analysis can be demanding on your system resources due to the complex calculations for the anisotropy In some cases the Boulton analysis may be a better choice AquiferTest provides the option to define which analysis to use as default when specifying Anisotropic and Unconfined in the Model Assumptions For more details General Tab on page 111 Neuman Neuman 1975 developed a solution method for pumping tests performed in unconfined aquifers which can be used for both fully or partially penetrating wells When analyzing pumping test data from unconfined aquifers one often finds that the drawdown response fails to follow the clas
97. Select all the boxes to display all wells in the project NOTE If no map is loaded the wells will be displayed on a white background In the Map properties dialog you can change the following settings e Scale 1 specify the scale for the map drawing canvass This is the ratio between distance on the printed map and the actual dimensions 1 e 1 1000 means 1 cm in the map is equivalent to 1000 cm or 10 m e x Minimum the x coordinate of the left edge of the map field e y Minimum the y coordinate of the bottom edge of the map field e Map Image check box that allows you to show hide the map image e Font modify the font for the well name e Delete background check box that allows you to show hide the background box around the well name e Symbol Size define the size of the well symbol Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring e Symbol Color select a color for the well symbol e Width controls the area map width modify this value for printing purposes To restore the default enter Auto in this field e Height controls the map height modify this value for printing purposes To restore the default enter Auto in this field e Georeference loads the same Georeference the image dialog box as during the Load Image procedure Allows you to assign new georeference points for the map image e Contouring enable or disable contour lines using this check box e Color shading enable or disable color contouring using this c
98. Specific Yield as Determined by Type Curve analysis of Aquifer_Test Data Ground Water vol 32 No 6 pp 949 957 Moench A F 1995 Combining the Neuman and Boulton Models for Flow to a Well in an Unconfined Aquifer Ground Water vol 33 No 3 pp 378 384 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods References Moench A F 1996 Flow to a Well in a Water Table Aquifer An Improved Laplace Transform Solution Ground Water vol 34 No 4 pp 593 596 Nwankwor G I 1985 Delayed Yield Processes and Specific Yield in a Shallow Sand Aquifer Ph D Thesis Department of Earth Sciences University of Waterloo Neuman S P 1975 Analysis of pumping test data from anisotropic unconfined aquifers considering delayed yield Water Resources Research vol 11 no 2 pp 329 342 Papadopulos I S Cooper H H Jr 1967 Drawdown in a well of large diameter Water Resources Res Vol 3 pp 241 244 Reed J C 1980 Techniques of Water Resource Investigations of the United States Geological Survey Chapter B3 Type curves for selected problems of flow to wells in confined aquifers USGS Book 3 Application of Hydraulics Arlington VA Renard P 2001 Quantitative analysis of groundwater field experiments 222 S ETH Z rich unpublished Theis C V 1935 The relation between the lowering of the piezometric surface and the rate and duration of discharge of a well using groundwater storage Am Geophys Union Trans vol 1
99. Test In addition the Data Logger Wizard feature will be demonstrated This exercise assumes that you are familiar with the program interface feel free to return to Exercise for the basics on navigating AquiferTest 1 2 3 Start AquiferTest or if you already have the program open create a new project In the Pumping Test tab enter the following information Project Information frame e Project name Exercise 3 Agarwal Recovery e Project No 3 e Client ABC e Location Your Town Pumping Test frame e Name Agarwal Recovery e Performed by Your Name e Date filled in automatically Units frame e Site Plan m e Dimensions m e Time s e Discharge m s e Transmissivity m s Aquifer Properties frame e Aquifer Thickness 20 m The new project will contain one pumping well by default Set the parameters for this well as follows Well 1 e Name PW e Type Pumping Well e X 0 e Y 0 Next create a new well Click on the Click here link to add a new well to the table Define the parameters for this new well as follows Well 2 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 e Name OW1 e Type Observation well e X 10 e Y 0 Click on the Discharge tab Select Constant discharge Enter the value 0 0015 in the field beside Click on the Water Levels tab Highlight OWT in the wells list in the top left corner of the tab F
100. a GTO w Amish is brpa an ansumpbions from Bower amp Rice Arabi mhd Tira wa Changa in WA Tmp ae aa a Hrordey Firepower 2 eine Bulle Higher Repi ATA E mfe l FFE The calculated K value can be found in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel for this example K 1 77E 6 m s NOTE The curve fit and resulting conductivity value K can be manually adjusted using the Parameter Controls as described in Chapter 3 Parameter Controls NOTE It is not necessary to create a new analysis each time you want to see a new analysis Simply change the analysis type in the Analysis method frame of the Analysis Navigator panel Creating new analysis windows is helpful however 1f you wish to easily compare and print a hard copy of these analyses To obtain relevant printouts click on the Reports tab From this window you can print out any information that you have entered or derived through analyses For example to print the dataset for MWS5 as well as the Hvorslev and the Bouwer amp Rice analyses complete the following Expand the Navigator tree in the Reports tab Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 Check the boxes beside Water Level Data Hvorslev and Bouwer amp Rice Your Reports window should now look similar to the one shown below q Slug Test Water Level z Analysis Site Plan LQ Reports Select printouts Print preview Page t Pre ie 4 Next page A C Site Pl
101. ability primary porosity blocks and a continuum of high permeability secondary porosity fissures or fractures impermeable Fractured rock impermeable There are two double porosity models used in AquiferTest which have been widely accepted in the literature These are the pseudo steady state flow Warren and Root 1963 and the transient block to fracture flow for example Kazemi 1969 The pseudo steady state flow assumes that the hydraulic head distribution within the blocks is undefined It also assumes that the fractures and blocks within a representative elemental volume REV each possess different average hydraulic heads The magnitude Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods of the induced flow is assumed to be proportional to the hydraulic head difference Moench 1984 Both the Warren Root and Moench fracture flow with skin analysis methods are described below Warren Root 1963 AquiferTest uses the pseudo steady state double porosity flow model developed by Warren and Root 1963 The solution states that a fractured aquifer consists of blocks and fissures For both the blocks matrix and the fractures a hydraulic conductivity specific storage coefficient and a water level height are defined as follows The main assumption underlying the double porosity model is that the matrix and the fracture can be considered as two overlapping continuous media Renard 2001 In addition it is also ass
102. acity C Specific capacity is defined as c T Ah where Q pumping rate Ah drawdown in the well due to both aquifer drawdown and well loss Well loss is created by the turbulent flow of water through the well screen and into the pump intake The results of testing are useful to track changes in well yield over time or to compare yields between different wells Specific capacity is estimated by plotting discharge on a linear X axis and drawdown on a linear Y axis and measuring the slope of the straight line fit An example of a Specific Capacity test has been included in the following figure An example of a Specific Capacity analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples SpecificCapacity HYT The units for the specific capacity measurement are the following Pumping rate units per distance ft or m of drawdown For example Well Performance Methods 187 The Specific Capacity test assumes the following e The well is pumped at a constant rate long enough to establish an equilibrium drawdown e Drawdown within the well is a combination of the decrease in hydraulic head pressure within the aquifer and a pressure loss due to turbulent flow within the well The data requirements for the Specific Capacity test are e Pumping well geometry e Drawdown vs discharge rate data for the pumping well This data is entered in the Discharge tab as shown below Static Water Level m jo v
103. actured rock mass is idealized as alternating layers slabs or spheres of blocks and fissures Sphere shaped Slab shaped 174 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Block Thickness Fracture Thickness Fracture Block Moench 1984 uses the existence of a fracture skin to explain why well test data support both the pseudo steady state and transient block to fracture flow methods The fracture skin is a thin skin of low permeability material deposited on the surface of the blocks which impedes the free exchange of fluid between the blocks and the fissures T Block thickness Skin thickness Fracture thickness If the fracture skin is sufficiently impermeable most of the change in hydraulic head between the block and the fracture occurs across the fracture skin and the transient block to fracture flow solution reduces to the pseudo steady state flow solution The fracture skin delays the flow contributions from the blocks which results in pressure responses similar to those predicted under the assumption of pseudo steady state flow as follows 4nKH h S h hy gt 0 we tw a eet Qr where h p is the dimensionless head in the pumping well and h p is the dimensionless head in the observation wells Pumping Test Methods 175 With both the pseudo steady state and transient block to fracture flow solutions the type curves will move upward as the ratio of block hydraulic conductivity to fracture hydrauli
104. ading is mono chromatic blue To modify the properties click on the Contour settings button In here you can further customize your contours by changing the style and color of the lines and customizing the well and label display as described above In addition you can modify the Data Series by selecting a different time duration well or analysis for which to calculate and grid the contours Try the following In the Map Appearance window Define a Minimum value of 0 7 for the contour lines Define a Minimum value of 0 7 for the color shading Set the Minimum color shading to blue Set the lt color shading to white Set the Maximum color shading to red Set the gt color shading also to red This will produce a map view similar to the one shown below 242 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring 9 Zoom in 9 Zoomout Load Image x Clear Image Zi Re scale Save Map Drawdown m Pumping Test 1 1 2 If the edge of the colored field is too rough 1 e appears as large steps Click the Data Series button and increase the number of Rows and Columns in the grid to make it finer This concludes the chapter on mapping and contouring Example 243 244 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests This chapter will explore many features of AquiferTest including various single and multiple pumping well solution methods importing data from Excel and a datalogger file A
105. al tools for conceptualizing the hydrogeologic environment in addition to increased flexibility for assigning model properties independent of the finite difference grid or finite element mesh This means you save hours when building your numeric model FEFLOW is a registered trademark of DHI WASY Hydro GeoAnalyst Hydro GeoAnalyst is an information management system for managing groundwater and environmental data Hydro GeoAnalyst combines numerous pre and post processing components into a single program Components include Project Wizard Universal Data Transfer System Template Manager Materials Specification Editor Query Builder QA QC Reporter Map Manager Cross Section Editor HGA 3D Explorer Borehole Log Plotter and Report Editor The seamless integration of these tools provide the means for compiling and normalizing field data analyzing and reporting subsurface data mapping and assessing spatial information and reporting site data AquiferTest Pro AquiferTest Pro designed for graphical analysis and reporting of pumping test and slug test data offers the tools necessary to calculate an aquifer s hydraulic properties such as hydraulic conductivity transmissivity and storativity AquiferTest Pro is versatile enough to consider confined aquifers unconfined aquifers leaky aquifers and fractured rock aquifers conditions Analysis results are displayed in report format or may be exported into graphical formats for use in presentat
106. an oO wells Contact nfo Slug Teit analyals Report Measurements addon fl Analysis Graph Compan Name E Analysis Graphs City State Province amen zs S C New analysis 1 C New analysis 2 st Tesi Conducted by ABC Hvorslev Bouwer Rice C Analysis Table 3 From the main menu select File Print and all selected reports will be sent to the printer This completes Chapter 2 Getting Started we hope it has been useful for you For additional practice with AquiferTest please refer to Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Creating a Slug Test 45 46 Chapter 2 Getting Started General Info and Main Menu Bar 3 1 General Info 3 1 1 Project Navigator Panel General Info The Project Navigator allows you to easily move around the project as it contains links to most of its major components The Project Navigator contains following frames Tests Wells Discharge rates Water level measurements Analyses and Additional tasks Pumping Tests Pumping Test 1 i Wells Well 1 Discharge rates weli E Water level measurements Owel 1 Analyses E New analysis 1 Sal Create a Mew Analysis Define analysis time range Add comments i Additional tasks Import Wells From File Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support 47 48 Tests This frame contains all of the pumping tests and sl
107. an and de Ridder 1990 The Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution assumes the following e The aquifer is confined leaky or unconfined e The aquifer has an apparent infinite extent 190 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods e The aquifer is homogeneous isotropic and of uniform thickness over the area influenced by pumping e The piezometric surface was horizontal prior to pumping e The aquifer is pumped step wise at increased discharge rates e The well is fully penetrating e The flow to the well is in an unsteady state The data requirements for the Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution are e Time drawdown data from the pumping well e Time discharge data for at least three equal duration pumping sessions Using the Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution is simply a matter of formatting the data correctly The table below illustrates the pumping time and discharge rates for the example project Hantush Bierschenk2 HYT Time min Discharge m d 180 1306 360 1693 540 2423 720 3261 900 4094 1080 5019 When you enter your time discharge data in AquiferTest your first entry is the initial pumping rate Using the table above as an example the pumping rate from 0 180 minutes was 1306 m day The second pumping rate from 180 360 minutes was 1693 m day and so on The figure below shows the data entered in the Time Discharge table Well Performance Methods 191 Time d Discharge A oiz 1306 0 25 1693 0 375 e423
108. an aquifer A boundary condition could be a recharge boundary e g a river or a canal or a barrier boundary e g impermeable rock When an aquifer boundary is located within the area influenced by a pumping test the assumption that the aquifer is of infinite extent is no longer valid The delineation of the aquifer by an impermeable layer and or a recharge boundary can also be considered using the superposition principle According to this principle the drawdown caused by two or more wells is the sum of the drawdown caused by each separate well By taking imaginary image wells pumping or injection into account you can calculate the parameters of an aquifer with a seemingly infinite extent AquiferTest creates an imaginary pumping and or injection well which is added to the calculation To account for the boundary condition a term is added to the Theis function where Theory of Superposition 133 134 Z 5 r u _ r 4AnT and rs l l AnT where r distance between observation well and real well r distance between observation well and imaginary well The extension for boundary conditions will be demonstrated only in a confined aquifer but its use in a semi confined and unconfined aquifer occurs similarly According to Stallman in Ferris et al 1962 the total drawdown 1s determined as SE SENS s total drawdown s drawdown caused by the real pumping well s drawdown caused by the imaginary pu
109. analyze two types of test results 1 Pumping tests where water is pumped from a well and the change in water level is measured inside one or more observation wells or in some cases inside the pumping well itself You can present data in three different forms e Time versus water level e Time versus discharge applicable for variable rate pumping tests e Discharge versus water level applicable for well performance analysis The following pumping test analysis methods are available with fixed analysis assumptions e Cooper Jacob Time Drawdown e Cooper Jacob Distance Drawdown e Cooper Jacob Time Distance Drawdown e Theis Recovery With these analysis methods it is not possible to modify the model assumptions For more details please see see Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions on page 143 The following pumping test analysis methods allow adjusting the model assumptions for customized analysis e Theis 1935 e Hantush Jacob Walton 1955 e Neuman 1975 e Theis with Jacob Correction e Warren Root Double Porosity Fracture Flow e Papadopulos Cooper 1967 e Agarwal Recovery e Moench Fracture Flow 1984 e Hantush with storage 1960 With these analysis methods it is possible to adjust the model assumptions to match the pumping test conditions For more details please see see Pumping Test Methods on page 150 Finally the following test is available for analyzing well performance e Specifi
110. anging the plot type will display a new set of the graph templates and also plot the observed drawdown data in the new scale Each diagnostic graph contains three lines Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods eTheis type curve dashed black line Theoretical drawdown curve under the expected conditions solid black line Leaky or recharge boundary Drawdown derivative curve solid green line NOTE The curves on the diagnostic plots assume a constant pumping rate from one pumping well using a diagnostic plot with a variable rate pumping test will not provide meaningful results In some diagnostic plots there is no distinguishable difference between the time vs drawdown curves and it may be difficult to diagnose the aquifer type and conditions In this case study the time vs drawdown derivative curves as they typically provide a clearer picture of the aquifer characteristics The diagnostic plots are available as a visual aid only your judgement should coincide with further hydrogeological and geological assessment The theoretical drawdown graph templates are further explained below Confined Aquifer In an ideal confined aquifer homogeneous and isotropic fully penetrating small diameter well the drawdown follows the Theis curve When viewing the semi log plot the time drawdown relationship at early pumping times is not linear but at later pumping times it is If a linear relationship like this is found it shoul
111. appear when the Analysis report is printed Statistics Allows you to view statistics for the selected analysis and current selected well This option may also be loaded by right clicking on the Analysis graph and selecting Statistics The following Statistics window will appear Fi statistics E i5j Shabistice of the Fit Tht agairt heer Ele pay Of thee curar fe ay cah parc dio Fike a cial A le he chet aul pirates Ad date ponts are geen in SECONDS and METERS The Greece eran in th tiad aaun E the dean after af data careia iF ata have been appbed Fic of bitiinity Auahi the Gee ciks chapla Che ADAR ad equivalent iaa unana E Lj i 1 owib 2 Caloulatien Method Theis 3 Tharsis y wa 7 ES Storage coefficent 44 E Statisiecs of the Fat 3 Meat deta i ri 40001 amp ma aque irira la oA vaise m i MO Standard Devishon m OU il iz t afm sioda m deltas m ia if 0 3 0 313 0a I Zl ga 0 574 0 178 Ia Z a6 D 4 141 ih fi L rT The summary report contains statistics for the automatic fit as well as the delta S between the observed drawdown and the drawdown value on the modeled curve A 106 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar scatter diagram is displayed at the bottom of the window providing a visual representation of the quality of the current fit NOTE All data is converted to time in seconds and length in meters The statistics summary may be printed as
112. ased on assumptions From Theis Use the Analysis panel to modify the assumptions or click here to select a new method Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis 249 250 20 Click on the B Fit Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve and the analysis graph should appear as shown below Time min oo 300 Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman Papadopulos Cooper Double Porosity T fF d 1 32E3 Aquifer type oO Oo Oo Confined Aquifer extent Infinite 12 00 Drawdown ft Isotropy Isotropic Discharge Constant Well Penetration Fully 16 00 20 00 21 To view a Dimensionless display of the plot select the checkbox beside Dimensionless above the analysis graph You should now see the following analysis graph Time NOTE You may need to adjust the Min and Max values for the Time and Drawdown axis 22 Click on the B Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve 23 Click on the i Parameter Controls icon to manually adjust the curve fit and the calculated parameters 24 Use the sliders to adjust the parameters for Transmissivity and Storativity or if you notice that the increment is to
113. ater and the migration of dissolved contaminants through the vadose zone UnSat Suite Plus includes tools for project management generating synthetic weather data modeling flow and contaminants through the unsaturated zone estimating groundwater recharge and contaminant loading rates and preparing compliance reports Visual HELP Visual HELP is a one dimensional unsaturated zone flow modeling application built for optimizing the hydrologic design of municipal landfills Visual HELP is based on the US E P A HELP model Hydrologic Evaluation of Landfill Performance and has been integrated into a 32 Bit Windows application It combines the International Weather Generator Landfill Profile Designer and Report Editor Applications include designing landfill profiles predicting leachate mounding and evaluating potential leachate seepage to the groundwater Visual PEST ASP Visual PEST ASP combines the powerful parameter estimation capabilities of PEST ASP with the graphical processing and display features of WinPEST Visual PEST ASP can be used to assist in data interpretation model calibration and predictive analysis by optimizing model parameters to fit a set of observations This popular estimation package achieves model independence through its capacity to communicate with a model through its input and output files Visual Groundwater Visual Groundwater is a visualization software package that delivers high quality three dimensional re
114. atic water level elevation and the water levels recorded during the test NOTE Please ensure that you have entered the necessary Well details elevation amsl or the benchmark elevation BEFORE you import enter your data Logger File Wizard Step 6 In the sixth step specify which data values are imported If the file contains many duplicate water levels typical for a logger file you may want to filter the data as shown below You can filter the data by either change in time or change in water level Logger file Wizard Step 6 of 6 Ed Time B 45 05 AM All Data By change in time By change in Depth to wL m pol Hl Cancel Previous The number of datapoints that can be imported by AquiferTest is limited by available system resources However from a practical point of view importing duplicate Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar datapoints is not useful in a conventional aquifer analysis You should try to minimize the number of datapoints imported for each analysis as the performance decreases with increased data points Applying one of the import filter options under Import will allow you to reduce the number of datapoints imported You can also apply a filter after the data has been imported See Filter on page 63 for more details Click on the Save icon in the lower left corner to save the settings that you have just used for the datalogger import Save settings Save
115. awdown Locator Anaubere Penping Test Bape Pamphg Well PUNT TestConancedby Jon Dae C Analysis Table qiter Thktaess 10001 Otchange Rat 150 US galtel PN ne R PA H y tt af rh sean rin am Bane SER Wi General Info The individual reports templates are organized in the form of a tree where you can select one or more of the reports you wish to print You can scroll through multi page report components e g water level data report for hundreds of data points using the Next Page Previous Page buttons above the Preview window The company header and logo for the reports can be defined in the Options dialog available under the Tools menu AquiferTest includes several pre defined report templates the report template structure cannot be modified however using the Layout drop down menu in the upper right corner you can specify which components to show hide in the various reports e Layout Wells specify what information you wish to be printed in the Wells report Wells report settings E x Customize the well report layout Columns Cl b Bottom of well screen Top of Aquifer fi Print well image with legend e Layout Trend Analysis specify what information you wish to be printed in the Trend Analysis report Trend Ana
116. box in the opposite direction start at the bottom right and end at the lower left Pan allows to shift the zoomed in window up down left or right iy Set zoom window as axis extents button can be used to define the plot axis Time Drawdown based on the current zoom extents 73 Dimensionless Click on the pimensionless Dimensionless checkbox to enable this mode Message window The message window displays all the messages warnings and error reports that occur while you conduct the data analysis This message fades after five seconds Message Automatic Fit for OW a succeeded Analysis Navigator panel The Analysis Navigator panel is located to the right of the graph area It contains all the functions that control the analysis of the selected data and the display on the screen The Analysis Navigator contains following frames e Analysis method e Results e Model Assumptions pumping test only e Time axis e Drawdown axis e Diagram e Display e Type curves Analysis method Results OW Model Assumptions Time axis Drawdown axis Diagram i Display Type curves In the image above all frames are shown collapsed To view the contents of each frame click on the beside the name of the frame to expand it In the following section the components of each frame will be discussed Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Analysis method frame e Pumping Test
117. c conductivity is reduced since water is drained from the blocks faster With the fracture flow analysis you can also plot type curves for the pumping wells However for pumping wells it may be necessary to consider the effects of well bore storage and well bore skin If the well bore skin and the well bore storage are zero the solution is the same as the Warren and Root method 1963 The equations for well bore storage are as follows Wp a 2nr S where C nR for changing liquid levels or C V wPw8Cobs where V is volume of liquid in the pressurized section p is the density g is the gravitational constant Cops 1s the observed compressibility of the combined fluid well system and S is the calculated storativity This solution however is iterative If you move your data set to fit the curve your storativity will change which in turn alters your well bore storage An example of a Moench Fracture Flow analysis graph has been included in the following figure Lie E a E an LA 5 A id G 1E T Z 5 1E 3 BUE 256 1 SUE 25aF 1 An example of a Moench Fracture Flow analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Moench Fracture Skin HYT 176 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods The following table illustrates a comparison of the AquiferTest results to those published in Moench 1984 AquiferTest Published Moench 1984 4 00E 3 4 00E 3 6 00E 4 6 00E 4 2 0
118. c Capacity Test Chapter Introduction e Hantush Bierschenk Well Losses 2 Slug or bail tests where a slug is inserted into a well or removed from a well and the change in water level in the side well is measured You can have data in one form e Time versus water level The following slug test analysis methods are available e Hvorslev 1951 e Bouwer Rice 1976 e Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos 1967 The exercises in Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests will introduce you to many features of AquiferTest 1 1 What s New in AquiferTest The main interface for AquiferTest has much of the same user friendly look and feel as the previous version but with some significant improvements to analysis Some of the more significant upgrade features in the latest versions of AquiferTest are described below 1 1 1 New Features in Version 2011 1 The following new features are available in 2011 1 Added an option to zoom in zoom out in the time vs water levels plot Added Apply buttons to most dialogs Added an option to set preference to go directly to the traditional dimensionless analysis view Allow option to cancel an automatic fit if it takes too long Added option to duplicate an existing analysis Added support for XLSX files importingAdded option for data filtering of water levels using logarithmic scale More flexibility for editing titles on the Analysis reports Added option for importing georefer
119. ccumulate and the curve again adapts itself to the Theis function Well Effects Well effects in particular storage in the pumping well can contribute to delayed drawdown at the beginning of the pumping test At early pumping the drawdown data will deviate from the theoretical Theis curve since there will be a storage component in the well After this in mid late pumping times the drawdown curve should represent the theoretical Theis curve These well effects are more easily identified in the semi log plot 4 2 2 Analysis Plots and Options 122 The Analysis plots are the most important feature in AquiferTest In the analysis graph the data is fit to the type curve and the corresponding aquifer parameters are determined In the graph the data can be plotted linearly or logarithmically The program calculates the Type curve automatically and plots it on the graph Above the graph the analysis method Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods is listed To the right of the graph in the Analysis Navigator panel the aquifer parameters for each well are displayed in the Results frame and can be manually modified using parameter controls for more information see Manual Curve Fitting on page 127 Model Assumptions The model assumptions control which solution method will be chosen for your data and what superposition factors will be applied Using the diagnostic plots as a guide select the appropriate model assumptions a
120. cking the New icon in the toolbar or by selecting File gt New from the main menu 2 Create a new slug test by selecting Test gt Create a Slug Test from the main menu 3 Complete the fields for the Slug Test as follows Project Information frame e Project Name Exercise 8 e Project No 8 e Client ABC e Location Your Town Slug Test frame e Name High K Butler Analysis e Performed by Your Name e Date filled in automatically Units frame e Site Plan m e Dimensions m e Time s e Discharge U S gal min e Transmissivity ft2 d e Pressure Pa Aquifer Properties frame e Thickness 10 67 4 In the Wells table a well has been created automatically By default the type is set to Not Used Change the type to Test Well by activating the Type cell and then clicking again to produce a drop down menu DO NOT double click 5 Enter the following information for the well Exercise 8 High K Butler Method 295 296 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 e Name Well 1 e R 0 025 e L 5 61 e b 10 67 e r 0 025 e B 0 76 Project Information Units Project Name Exercise 8 Site Plan m Dimensions m Project No fe Time s Discharge lus gal min Y Client ABC Transmissivity ft 2d Pressure Pa he Location frourTown JV Convert existing values Slug Test Aquifer Properties Name slug Test 2 Thickness m 10 67 Performed by Type Unknown Date
121. cob Methods e Cooper Jacob I Time Drawdown e Cooper Jacob II Distance Drawdown e Cooper Jacob III Time Distance Drawdown 4 6 1 Theis Recovery Test confined When the pump is shut down after a pumping test the water level inside the pumping and observation wells will start to rise This rise in water level is known as residual drawdown s Recovery test measurements allow the transmissivity of the aquifer to be calculated thereby providing an independent check on the results of the pumping test Residual drawdown data can be more reliable than drawdown data because the recovery occurs at a constant rate whereas constant discharge pumping is often difficult to achieve in the field Residual drawdown data can be collected from both the pumping and observation wells Strictly applied this solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure However if additional limiting conditions are satisfied the Theis recovery solution method can also be used for leaky unconfined aquifers and aquifers with partially penetrating wells Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 p 183 Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions 143 piezometric surface piezometric surface before start of pumping _ 2 after start of pumping aquiclude flow lines aquifer E equipotential lines aquiclude According to Theis 1935 the residual drawdown after pumping has ceased is Q lae A _ S T W u where r sS r
122. computer AquiferTest must be installed on your hard disk in order to run If you are using Windows XP or 2000 ensure that you have administrative rights for the installation and software registration Please follow the installation instructions and read the on screen directions carefully After the installation is complete you should see the AquiferTest icon on your Desktop screen labeled as such and or have a link in your Programs menu to SWS Software and consequently to AquiferTest To start working with AquiferTest double click this icon or navigate to the link described above NOTE To install the software from the CD ROM without the aid of the installation interface you can e Open Windows Explorer and navigate to the CD ROM drive e Open the Installation folder e Double click on the installation file to initiate the installation Follow the on screen installation instructions which will lead you through the install and subsequently produce a desktop icon for you 1 2 Updating Old Projects AquiferTest is backwards compatible and is able to open any projects from v 4 x and v 3 x It is recommended that you ALWAYS create a backup copy of any project files before you open them in the new version Specifically ensure that you back up your original MS Access database MDB which contains all project data Schlumberger Water Services is not responsible for any direct or indirect damages caused to projects during conversio
123. confining unit with a single pumping well and no observation wells Observations of drawdown versus time were only recorded in the pumping well AquiferTest Pro will be sued to analyses the pumping test results 1 If you have no already done so double click the AquiferTest icon to start AquiferTest 2 When you launch AquiferTest a black project with the Pumping Test tab active loads automatically 3 In this step you will specify the information needed for the project and or the test Not all information is required however it is helpful in organizing tests and data sets In the Project Information frame enter the following e Project Name Agarwal Skin Analysis In the Units frame fill in the following e Site Plan m e Time s e Transmissivity m d e Dimensions m e Discharge m d In the Pumping Test frame enter the following e Name Pumping Test 1 In the Aquifer Properties frame enter the following e Thickness 100 e Type Confined In the pumping well table define the following e Name Pumping Well e Type Pumping Well e X m 0 e Y m 0 e Penetration Fully e R m 0 25 e L m 80 e b m 100 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests e rim 0 25 e B m 0 405 Your window should look similar to the one shown below Projet Marma San Ares Site Pian ffi Demag bP s ss Project Bes E Tene E Betcha uve Tert a a a ee a o a Lazatin DOO E angam Bumping Teit T a ha
124. correction to the dataset For more details see Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing 1 To add a User defined Custom correction click on the button Add data correction itself not the down arrow beside it The following dialog is displayed Data Correction n E x Description Mame ew Data Correction Formula Type f Simple Delta 5 Formula used Linear time dependent AS A Logarithmic time dependent Periodic time dependent Coefficients A Ft 4ooly to f Selected Well Only f All Wells In this dialogue choose the type of correction you wish to implement by selecting the appropriate radio button As you do so a formula is displayed on the right hand side of the dialogue and fields for variables involved in that formula appear below Define values for the required variables and choose whether to apply the correction only to the currently selected well or to all wells in the pumping test When finished click OK to apply the correction and return to the Water Levels tab For more details see Chapter 5 Customized Water Level Trends 2 To adda Trend correction to the data select the well and dataset and select Trend Correction from the Add data correction drop down menu Time Water Level TOC Add Data Correction Trend Correction Waker Drawdown Level Ft Fr 153 153 Barometric Correction Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Gene
125. cuirent wizard settings as OF Cancel Enter a name for the personalized settings and click OK My_Settings for example These settings can be recalled in the future and used for importing data sets in a similar format see Logger File Wizard Step 1 To finish the import process click Import and the datapoints will be imported into your project Print There are two ways that you can send your report to the printer e Select File Print e Click the S Print icon in the toolbar below the Main Menu Both options listed above will produce an output depending on which window is active in the project e Pumping Slug Test Wells tab prints the list of wells in the project accompanied by the coordinates and geometry e Discharge no output available e Water Levels print water levels for the currently active well e Analysis prints the current analysis graph and results e Pumping Slug Test Site Map tab prints the current map view This could include well locations basemaps and drawdown contours or color shaded map e Report in the Report tab you have the opportunity to select from desired report templates To do so expand the navigation tree in the left portion of the Reports tab and select which printouts you wish to obtain and press Print NOTE A print preview of any printable report can be obtained in the Reports tab by selecting the appropriate view from the navigator tree Main Menu Bar 95 Print
126. d Image opens an Explorer window where you can navigate to the appropriate image file containing the map Supported image formats are bmp wmf emf jpg and dxf e Select the image file and click Open and the following dialog will load Georeference the Image Image Coordinates The image size is 747 x 495 pixels Please georeference the image with known coordinates Upper right corner m 747 Y m 495 Lower left corner x m p Y m fo e In this dialog georeference the image by entering the coordinates for the map s lower left and upper right corners NOTE By default the number of pixels are converted to meters to keep the map proportions e Click OK After georeferencing the image will appear similar to the image below 232 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring Zoom in Zoomout Load Image Clear Image Ej Re scale bA Save Map Ed Gal P After the map is loaded you may need to re scale or zoom in out to achieve the desired view v4 Clear Image deletes the image from the map field Re scale allows you to re scale the map The Re scale determines the range of real coordinates for the wells in the pumping test Range x Max x Min x Range y Max y Min y The Re Scale also determines the origin of the wells in real coordinates Origin x Min x Origin y Min y Finally the Re Scale calculates a scale both for x and y to ensure that
127. d be used to calculate the hydraulic characteristics because the results will be much more accurate than those obtained by matching field data points with the log log plot Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Unconfined Aquifer The curves for the unconfined aquifer demonstrate a delayed yield At early pumping times the log log plot follows the typical Theis curve In the middle of the pumping duration the curve flattens which represents the recharge from the overlying less permeable aquifer which stabilizes the drawdown At later times the curve again follows a portion of the theoretical Theis curve The semi log plot is even more characteristic it shows two parallel straight line segments at early and late pumping times Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Double Porosity The theoretical curve for double porosity is quite similar to that seen in an unconfined aquifer which illustrates delayed yield The aquifer is called double porosity since there are two systems the fractures of high permeability and low storage capacity and the matrix blocks of low permeability and high storage capacity The flow towards the Graphing Options 121 well in this system is entirely through the fractures and is radial and in unsteady state The flow from the matrix blocks into the fractures is assumed to be in pseudo steady state In this system there are three characteristic components of the drawdown curve Early in the pumping process all the flow i
128. d calculates the BE value Click OK to accept the barometric efficiency value This value will now appear in the BE field in the Pumping Test tab Correct Observed Drawdown Data for Barometric Effects Once the BE value has been determined it can be used for correcting the observed drawdown data To do so load the Water Levels tab and ensure there is time drawdown data for an existing well Then select Add Barometric Correction and the following window will appear Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction 225 Barometric Data Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during a pumping test Click here to import the data From a File For each water level measurement Aquifer Test will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure Measured at Atmospheric Pressure Fa i m o a a J LE 4 ut ao ui a as ao a E pa T Time s Click here to refresh the graph In this window enter time vs pressure data that was recorded simultaneously as the time drawdown data As mentioned earlier 1f the time measurements were not recorded at exactly the same time intervals AquiferTest will use interpolation to correct the next available water level measurement When importing data observe the following requirements e the source file must be in the same units as the test e data file must be TXT or XLS with two columns of data time vs pressur
129. ding data to a slug test including e Manually entering each data point e Cut and pasting from the Windows clipboard e Importing data from a text file txt or Excel xls spreadsheet e Importing data from a datalogger file asc txt or lev For this example the data will be imported from an Excel file 1 Click on the Water Level tab at the top of the window 2 Enter the following information Static Water Level 14 80 Water level at t 0 15 23 3 Select File Import Water level measurements 4 Browse to the AquiferTest ImportFiles folder and locate the MWS xls file 5 Highlight the file and click Open 6 Click Refresh to display the change in water level data and graph of Time vs Change in Water Level Once completed your display should appear similar to the following figure Chapter 2 Getting Started Sample AquiferTest Woes File Edit View Test Analysis Tools Help YG OA S Pumping Tests Example Slug Tests Sample Slug Test T Slug Test 4 Water Level 5 Analysis site Plan Q Reports MWS Static WL m 14 8 WL at t 0 m 15 23 Import data 7 Time Water Level TOC gt Settings F Find 6 Pan x Add Data Correction C Filter Time s water Change in Level m WL rn o wells iil 1 8 15 232 0 432 PW1 2 2 1 15 23 0 43 owl 3 2 4 15 224 0 424 Owe 4 2 7 15 228 0 428 Ows 5
130. distance from the injection well to a point on the radial cone of depression r effective radius of the well casing r effective radius of the well open interval T Transmissivity of the aquifer S Storativity of the aquifer t time since the injection or withdrawal Jo Zero Order Bessel function of the first kind J First Order Bessel function of the first kind Yo Zero Order Bessel function of the second kind Y First Order Bessel function of the second kind The following diagram illustrates the mechanics for the Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Solution 206 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods water level in well water level at time at time t0 t gt t 7 6 0 original piezometric surface aquiclude aquifer An example of a Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos analysis graph has been included in the following figure lime YS nange in wL Hvorslev ee ee a A A A A ee ee ene coii Bouwer amp Rice ro a oe Sot re E E T fea 3500 s as A a O ir ee E i a Ls lt lt 4 a aa a ooo o Slug Test Solution Methods 207 An example of a Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos slug test is available in the project AquiferTest Examples SlugTestl HYT The Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos method assumes the following e confined aquifer e the aquifer is isotropic homogenous compressible and elastic e the layers are horizontal and extend infinitely in the radia
131. e The example below shows a sample data set of time pressure data 226 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Barometric Data x Enter Barometric Data Atmospheric pressure changes cause water level changes in a well during 4 pumping test Click here to import the data From a File For each water level measurement 4quiferTest will interpolate a corresponding atmospheric pressure Measured at jow s Atmospheric Pressure Pa 39519 39446 99250 99651 99614 100344 100064 39925 39592 100244 100121 100299 99589 Time s 99255 100572 Click here to refresh the graph Click OK to close the dialog and return to the Water Levels window In the time water level grid two new columns will appear beside the drawdown column The first column contains the correction due to barometric effects the second column contains the new corrected drawdown value The following equation is used Scorr S Ah The corrected drawdown measurements can then be used in the analysis to calculate the aquifer parameters Example An example demonstrating a barometric trend analysis is available in Chapter 7 Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction 22 5 4 Modifying Corrections When a data correction is created the correction column header appears blue This header is created as a link and clicking on it will allow you to access and modify the settings for the correction Pumpin
132. e Theis Pal Create a New Analysis Define analysis time range EJ Add comments Additional tasks Import Wells From file Time min 10 1 1000 10000 1000 Show Yalues Value Font Value format Drawdown Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support Schlumberger 34 Chapter 2 Getting Started If necessary modify the axis min and max values as circled above 12 The calculated Transmissivity and Storativity values are displayed in the Results frame for each well Analysis method Results OW3 T U S gal d ft 2 16E4 5 3 83E 4 Results OW2 T U S galjd ft 2 32E4 5 6 79E 4 Results OW1 T U S gal d Ft 3 44E4 5 3 616 4 Model Assumptions Time axis Drawdown axis Diagram E Display Type curves The curve fit can be manually adjusted using the mouse First select the desired data set from the Data from frame at the top of the window in this case OW2 Dake From m owt mA Owe kY ows Then click with the left mouse button on the markers for OW2 and hold down the mouse button to manually move the data set around to fit on to the type curve To fit another data set simply activate this data set from the Data from frame at the top of the window Alternatively you
133. e ae p A EIF owib Anaha Pra nrresed bey Anass Dabs Sf bas lai naha g based on aepumotione from Theis Line khe Anayak panei to mady tha marapa o check bene bo arieni a never methi _____ neren period oniy Owiib Degree Giph Ara Grank wm pre O Gl comments Apply GeaphSettings AY OP OR eos Belin bemi arate li CWA Tirer ien i behager Time Theis pay 1000 r Hambuzh i Water bevel meaturements TH t Tht Theis with Juco Correction rw Nears owne Pinguins Ba Seger owt Denhe Prova Laan Bouton Se eed Moench Fracture Poe Pe Thies Draden Hanbudh vih Sborage E Thes Cerreeressoniese Bgerazi shin ecowery Gwth Clare i Ramey gh Create a Hew Anais Copper i Jacob 1 Ciberia ansha hese ranga oper joh ji gj add comments Cexspeer Be Bacok IE Addtiona tass Theis Femenvesry Inport Wels from fie Creabe Pumper Tet Crsabe a Slag Test Contat Techretal uppat LEen Data From Select which wells to use for the analysis pumping tests only All wells that contain water level data will be listed in this window Data From W i 1 b In a slug test there is only one test well and this well cannot be selected or unselected Data From 66 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Analysis Name Assign descriptive names to the analyses Date Reflects the date for the test by default AquiferTest will use the date that the project was created The pull do
134. e Plan tab The Properties window for the graph will appear as shown in the following figure Map Appearance E x Show contour lines Color a width 3 Labels Iv Display Min distance mm 50 A Value Format 0 0 y Delete backgrou Font Intervals m Minimum Maximum Distance Auto ka Auto Auto r we not The Map Appearance window contains two tabs e The Contour lines settings tab is used to set the appearance properties for the contour lines and labels e The Color Shading tab is used to set the appearance properties for the color shading contours 6 3 1 Contour lines tab Map Appearance a a X Show contour lines Color width 3 A Labels W Display Min distance mm 50 Value Format 0 08 v Delete backgrou Font Intervals m Minimum Maximum Distance Auto ka Auto ka Auto r we no The Show contour lines check box is used to enable disable the line contours The same function is performed by clicking the Contouring check box in the Map Properties frame of the Site Plan tab In addition you may specify the line color and width 238 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring Labels frame Under the Label frame specify the display properties for the contour labels e the Value Format controls the number of decimal places for the contour labels e the Min Distance value controls the space between the contour labels the smaller the value the closer and more numero
135. e Soo i eR ees 130 Variable Discharge Kk ates wo otis yas ANG ciate da ie ead daly od loch ne Ghd acta Spek Sahl 131 Muliple Pumpe Wells ierni ae ciate Soest hn aie 8 vient a a a a date ecm e he tte ded 132 Bounda wE ECE 4 45 ee wad tet s a a ded ele ead Bene gare eee ew Gale 133 Effects of Vertical Anisotropy and Partially Penetrating Wells 138 Pumping Test Backgrounds vs lt 5c5icee ices Se Ree Bohra GRAB SOAS Wks BEES SSR 141 Radial Flow to a Well in a Confined Aquifer 2 0 20 0 cc cece eee eee 141 Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions cccccccccccccccees 143 Theis Recovery Test confined 0 0 0 i e senem ce eee a R 143 Cooper Jacob Method confined small r or large time 2 0 0 0 0 eee eee 146 Pumping Test MethOdS sc s 56w sie ee eke ooh eee Se bad Sw Skee ow Oe eae RNS 150 Diawdown ys Mate a t55 bm oot a Gee te eae Bie hia Ra aaa net eared bac 150 Drawdown vs Time with Discharge 0 0 0 cc ccc eee eee e eens 151 COMMNCG Ss TNC S ais ws castes ie alk oo ath ed oe alk ea oe Reno bE RUS es hee 152 Leaky Hantush Jacob Walton o n nn oxawe hurwaalhw oakchelhe peaches od bee 155 Hantush Storage 1m AGuitard 225605524 oS ae aaa es A Races T 158 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects Agarwal 1970 2 0 0 eee 161 Unconfined Isotropic Theis with Jacob Correction 0 0 cece eee eee 162 Unconmned AMS OUO DIC ving ick aot Steg gee eee et hed eS H
136. e While importing a data logger file e After manual data entry or importing a text Excel file General Info 63 64 Clicking on the Filter link will display the following dialog Data Filtering Options Filter time water level data 4 filter is used to reduce the number of data points Time difference linear Ak 5 Time difference logarithmic Max number of data points per decade Change in drawdown Change in corrected drawdown As m Retain observations when discharge rate changes In this dialog you can specify the parameters for filtering There are several ways to filter data e By time difference linear or logarithmic scale e By change in drawdown e By change in drawdown after a trend barometric or user defined correction has been applied To define a filter select the desired filter option and enter the criteria for that category Once the filter has been defined click OK to return to the Water Levels tab After applying the filter excluded data points will be temporarily hidden from the data table and the plot You can activate deactivate the defined filter using the Filter check box Frog i zoom D Par For more details on filtering during importing a data logger file see Import on page 84 Zoom and Pan Eyi Zoom button allows to zoom in on a data set in the graph after selecting the zoom button draw a box around the desired region starting i
137. e are no dimensionless parameters for that model For each selected model function the dimensionless curve parameters must be defined Define the range for the parameters Also define the color line thickness and description so that it may be easily identified on the graph window Click OK and the window will close and the type curve will be displayed on the graph The curve name will appear as a new item under the Type Curves panel Simply select this item to modify the curve later or right mouse click on the curve name in the panel and select Delete to remove it The type curve options for each solution method are explained in their respective sections below 4 3 Analysis Parameters 4 3 1 Automatic Curve Fitting To fit a type curve to your data using the Automatic Fit option ensure that the desired well is highlighted at the top of the window in the Analysis tab in the Data from box if the well is selected it will be outlined in a blue box Then click the ip Fit Fit icon from the analysis menu bar Analysis Parameters 125 126 AquiferTest uses the downhill simplex method which is a minimizing algorithm for general non linear functions to automatically match the type curve to your data If the automatic fit is successful there will be a confirmation message If the fit fails there may be a warning message and a suggestion on what to do to fix it NOTE If the automatic fit fails or the fit results in t
138. e but the numerical values will remain the same NOTE The default units for new tests can be defined in the Tools Options General window Aquifer Properties Enter the following parameters of the investigated aquifer Aquifer Properties Thickness ft 10 Type confined Bar Eff leave blank Aquifer Properties Thickness Ft io Type Bar EFF BE Well Locations and Geometry Defining well locations and geometry can be accomplished either by entering each well and associated geometry one by one manually or by importing the data from a text file txt or asc For this example you will manually enter and define the properties for 1 pumping well and 3 observation wells Chapter 2 Getting Started To enter a well manually locate the Wells table at the bottom half of the window By default one pumping well will already have been defined for the new project Enter the following information for this well Name Type X coordinate Y coordinate Elevation amsl Benchmark Penetration R effective radius L screen length b dist from bottom of well screen to top of aquifer r casing radius PWI Pumping Well leave blank 0 025 To change the well type click on the Type field twice not double click and select from the drop down menu The remaining fields can be left blank NOTE The Pumping well b value is the distance from the bottom of the pumping well screen to
139. e ed Sette FS ated 163 Fracture Flow Double Porosity 0 0 0 ccc ce ene eee ene 169 Single Well Analysis with Well Effects 0 0 cc nes 179 Large Diameter Wells with WellBore Storage Papadopulos Cooper 179 Recovery Analysis Agarwal Solution 1980 2 0 0 0 0c cc cee eee 183 Well Performance Methods ic scacs0e0 aaa edie seatanewkvaeaa eee eatan eens 187 SPECITIC Capacity ian mieaciccie enaar eaa eh ade bee e aida bate Bane arcs MANERA ets 187 Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution 0 0 0 0 cece eens 188 Horizontal Wel MGUNOG ssi 94 iain ee he eee oie hea bee ewe 194 Clonts ocRamey 1986 sestei coe 46 f5eeeteeet ele adatae ese Pele eee oe eee 194 Slug Test Solution Methods cccccccccccccccccccccccsessccccees 197 Bouwer Rice Se eS si oe eet used dee N E tes Sek bine aed eek Gok Bhat Seis 197 PAVORSION SS MCS igs aE acca ca are i Cae weet ieee ACEO nd A ek SG A E A 202 Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Slug Test 0 0 0 eee eee 205 Meh K CLOT oo oo to 55 ois ts BG 924 coh ae ws ov Sette ete eee eae aee 208 INCOR CHCES orara ies os sce i se ee el eee be eae 211 Vill Table of Contents 5 Data Pre Processing esccscscccecsccocsoscesessees 21D Baseline Trend Analysis and Correction ccccccccccccccccscccceees 215 TO eneas a a aa tear es aaa a a a a aha teed EA 216 Customized Water Level Trends ossssssssscososccooooseososeeeooo 218 Barometric Trend Analysis a
140. e or more observation wells a modification of the Cooper Jacob method may be used Drawdown 1s plotted along the linear Y axis and t r is plotted along the logarithmic X axis Transmissivity and storativity are calculated as follows 2 tae _ 2 30 s 2 251 4 TAS r where r is the distance defined by the intercept of the zero drawdown and the straight line though the data points Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions 149 An example of a Cooper Jacob Time Distance Drawdown analysis graph has been included in the following figure 3 00 Oow11b A Ow3b oweb Left Mouse Button Shift line Right Mouse Button Rotate line An example of a CooperJacob III analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples CooperJacob3 HYT The data requirements for the Cooper Jacob Time Distance Drawdown Solution method are e Drawdown vs time data at three or more observation wells e Distance from the pumping well to the observation wells e Pumping rate constant 4 7 Pumping Test Methods Before doing the pumping test analysis it is helpful to plot the time drawdown data or the time vs drawdown with variable discharge rates These plots are explained below 4 7 1 Drawdown vs Time 150 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods A preliminary graph that displays your drawdown versus time data This is available in the Analysis tab NPT P ee oA NET EP d S
141. e see Filter page 63 Logger file Wizard Step 6 of 6 y A x Time at t 0 Date s20r2004 Time a 00 05 AM Format widiy mport C Al Data f By change in time f By change in Water Level m o Cancel Previous Import Circled above is the Save import settings icon Using this feature you can save the settings you have used to load the logger file and recall them the next time a logger file is loaded 14 Click Import to begin importing the data Once completed the following dialogue will appear Information oe xi i 1 Data points imported 15 Click OK to complete the import process and the data will be imported into the Water Level table 16 The graph of the Time vs Drawdown for OW3 will be displayed as shown 30 Chapter 2 Getting Started below lt gt Sample AquiferTest Jog File Edt View Test Analysis Tools Help ae9 ff 8 Pumping Tests Pumping Test Discharge ES Water Levels Analysis Site Plan Q Reports Example pwi Pumping Well Static WL ft 0 Owl Owe2 OW3 So Import data Time Water Level TOC m Add Data Correction Fiter S Settings BFind i zoom Pan Pw Time min Water Drawdown a owi Level Ft ft 3 1 0 0 0 ow2 J ows 2 10 0 01 0 01 Discharge rates i ai akin Pw 4 30 0 11 0 11 Water level measurements 5 40 0 16 0 16 2 4
142. e vs Discharge to Discharge vs Water Level Discharge Water Level data is required only for a single well Specific Capacity analysis See Chapter 4 Specific Capacity for more details Time Discharge General Info 57 58 Water Levels Tab In this tab enter the water level data for the pumping and observation wells in the test Options in this tab allow you to import a dataset from an Excel or a data logger file set up the coordinate system add data correction and filter the data g E ees y Pumping Test Discharge EY Water Levels pe Analysis Site Plan Q Reports PWZ2 Pumping Well a Static WL em 0 3 owl owo2 Owns MAANA v bg Import data Time Water Level TOC Add Data Correction _ Filter T settings D Find iQ Zoom Q Pan Time 5 Water Drawdown a Level cm cm al 200 0 0 0 3 2 15 1 7 1 4 3 30 1 9 1 6 4 45 2 3 2 5 60 0 8 0 5 160 6 75 2 1 1 8 7 90 1 3 i 8 105 1 7 1 4 9 120 0 6 0 3 10 135 0 2 0 1 g 120 11 150 2 3 2 c 12 165 1 3 I z D 13 180 0 7 0 4 3 14 195 0 4 0 7 6 80 15 210 1 5 1 2 16 225 0 4 0 7 17 240 0 7 0 4 18 255 0 9 0 6 19 270 0 9 0 6 40 20 285 0 6 0 3 21 300 10 7 11 Click on a data point ot locate it in the table 22 315 30 1 30 4 23 330 44 3 44 6 0 24 345 42 1 42 4 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 Tim 25 360 25 5 25 8 e s 26 375
143. eam Ochlumberger WATER SERVICES Users Manual Aquifer lest Pro An Easy to Use Pumping Test and Slug Test Data Analysis Package Preface Schlumberger Water Services SWS is a recognized leader in the development and application of innovative groundwater technologies in addition to offering expert services and professional training to meet the advancing technological requirements of today s groundwater and environmental professionals Schlumberger Water Services software consists of a complete suite of environmental software applications engineered for data management and analysis modeling and simulation visualization and reporting Schlumberger Water Services software is currently developed by SWS and sold globally as a suite of desktop solutions For over 18 years our products and services have been used by firms regulatory agencies and educational institutions around the world We develop each product to maximize productivity and minimize the complexities associated with groundwater and environmental projects To date we have over 14 000 registered software installations in more than 85 countries Need more information If you would like to contact us with comments or suggestions you can reach us at Schlumberger Water Services 460 Phillip Street Suite 101 Waterloo Ontario CANADA N2L 5J2 Phone 1 519 342 1142 Fax 1 519 885 5262 General Inquiries sws info slb com Web www swstechnology com Obta
144. ear as follows a and it will be considered when the Automatic fit is applied In the Parameter Control window the parameters can be displayed by wells or by parameter type Right mouse click anywhere in the Parameters window to change the display type Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods By Well By Parameter Al ae ee E aces 2 8 L Analysis Parameters 129 4 4 Theory of Superposition The pumping test solution methods included with AquiferTest are e Theis Theis with Jacob Correction e Hantush Jacob e Neuman e Papadopulos Cooper e Warren Root Double Porosity e Boulton e Hantush Leaky with storage in aquitard e Moench Fractured flow with skin e Agarwal Recovery e Theis Recovery e Cooper Jacob I Time Drawdown e Cooper Jacob II Distance Drawdown e Cooper Jacob III Time Distance Drawdown Agarwal Skin e Clonts amp Ramey These methods each have some general assumptions e aquifer extends radially and infinitely e single pumping well e constant pumping rate e fully penetrating well except for the Neuman method These assumptions may be modified if the pumping test data are analyzed utilizing the theory of superposition AquiferTest uses the theory of superposition to calculate drawdown in variable aquifer conditions Superposition can be applied to any solution method Superposition may be used to account for the effects of pumping well interference aquifer discont
145. ect and or the test Not all information is required however it is helpful in organizing tests and data sets In the Project Information frame enter the following e Project Name Example 1 e Project No 1 246 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests e Client ABC e Location Address City State Province In the Pumping Test frame enter the following e Name Example 1 Theis Analysis e Performed by Your Name e Date Filled in automatically with the current date HINT To move from one data entry box to the next use the Tab key or the arrow keys In the Units frame fill in the following e Site Plan ft e Dimensions ft e Time min e Discharge US gal min e Transmissivity ft7 d e Pressure mbar In the Aquifer Properties frame enter the following e Thickness 48 e Type Confined e Bar Eff leave blank Your fields should now look similar to the figure below roject Information Project Name Example 1 Theis Analysis Project No 123456 Client ABC Location waterloo nits Site Plan lt Dimensions ft s Time min Discharge Jus galimin Transmissivity Feaea hal Pressure mbar T W Convert existing values Aquifer Properties Thickness Ft fs Type Confined T Bar EFF BE Example 1 Theis Analysis Performed by rour Mame Date gjz2j2004 4 All new projects have one default pumping well created in the Wells table located i
146. ect the next available water level measurement 5 Apply the correction to the observed drawdown data 6 Use the corrected water levels for determining the aquifer parameters 220 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing Theory In wells or piezometers penetrating confined and leaky aquifers the water levels are continuously changing as the atmospheric pressure changes When the atmospheric pressure decreases the water levels rise in compensation When the atmospheric pressure increases the water levels decrease in compensation By comparing the atmospheric changes expressed in terms of a column of water with the actual changes in water levels observed during the pre test period it is possible to calculate the barometric efficiency of the aquifer Kruseman and de Ridder 1991 The barometric efficiency BE is a parameter of the aquifer and specifies how it reacts to changes in atmospheric pressure The BE value usually ranges between 0 2 and 0 75 The BE is defined as the ratio of change in water level in a well A h to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure A p _ Ah y Ap BE with A h change in water level m A p change in pressure Pa N m y specific weight of water N m this value can be defined in the Tools Options Constants tab The specific weight y is defined as Y P E p density of water Kg m g acceleration of gravity m s The acceleration of gravity g depends on geographic la
147. ed aquifer is negligible e The aquitard is compressible 1 e the changes in aquitard storage are appreciable e t lt S D 10K Only the early time drawdown data should be used so as to satisfy the assumption that the drawdown in the aquitard or overlying unpumped aquifer is negligible Pumping Test Methods 159 To estimate the aquitard storativity value S ensure that the Aquitard Storage option is selected under the Model Assumptions frame as shown below Aquifer type Aquifer extent Infinite Isotrapy Isotropic well Penetration Fully Aquitard Storage Dimensionless Parameters Dimensionless parameters are required for the type curves in the dimensionless view Type curve properties B E x Select a model function Curve Appearance Theis Color Black Width g Hantush E z Theis with Jacob Correction Style foida Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Label Font Boulton a Moench fracture flow Horz Position tD 1000 Hantush with Storage Vertical Position above curve Set the dimensionless curve parameters Parameter alue Description r B 1 Leackage Factor r L Typical range 0 001 2 If L becomes sma Beta 1 Beta controls the storage properties of the aquitard typical rz 4 gt coat The leakage factor r B is defined as SIs mix Where L JKDc KD transmissivity c hydraulic resistance of the aquitard T
148. een day and night evapotranspiration The water table drops during the day because of the consumptive use by the vegetation and recovers during the night when the plant stomata are closed Kruseman and de Ridder 1991 To access the User Defined Data Corrections go to the Water Levels tab click on the Add Data Correction button and the following dialog will appear Data Comnection Description Formula Type f Simple Delta 5 Formula used Linear time dependent A A Logarithmic time dependent Periodic time dependent Coefficients 4 m 4poply to f Selected Well Only i All Wells 218 Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing In the Data Correction dialog enter a name for the correction then select a formula type There are four formula types to choose from Simple Delta S drawdown As A Linear Time Dependent As A t Logarithmic Time Dependent As A log B C t Periodic Time Dependent As A sin B Gs th Depending upon selected type there will be input fields for the different coefficients A B C and D Determining the values of the coefficients is a complex process which depends on the type of data correction and the cause of the displacement In short for the four different types e addition subtraction this is simple operation could be used to correct wrong offsets of logger measurements e linear time function general trend correction 1 e if the change of water level in
149. eis Reservoir Parameter T Ft2 d 3 02E3 5 7 06E 4 at point of time min 166 666666666 Grid Density Rows 100 Cols 100 coma o e Pumping test select the pumping test for which you wish to generate contours NOTE Contouring is not available for Slug Tests e Analysis from the list of the analyses available for the selected pumping test choose the one for which you wish to generate contours e Well from the list of wells used in the selected analysis choose the one for which you wish to generate contours e at point of time type in the point in time for which you wish to view the contouring e Grid Density allows you to set the number of rows and columns for the grid used to generate contours The higher the number of rows and columns the finer the grid A fine grid allows for smoother contours however it also takes longer to process AquiferTest calculates contours based on the pumping rate of the selected pumping test and the Transmissivity and Storativity values calculated in the selected analysis If 236 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring you enter a point in time which is AFTER the test time period there are two possibilities for the drawdown calculations e In case of constant pumping rate the pumping duration is assumed to be infinite e In case of variable pumping rate it is assumed that the pumping has stopped after the last pumping period and the time afterwards is recovery Ex
150. elected the Logger File Wizard supports the following formats e DD MM YY e DD MM YYYY e MM DD YY e MM DD YYYY DD MM YY e MM DD YY e YYYY MM DD Mid yyyy 91 92 Logger file Wizard Step 3 of 6 Click on Column with the CASTE Preview Date format moo Y il Cancel Previous Logger File Wizard Step 4 In the fourth step click on the column header representing the Time The word Time will appear in the column header title box Logger file Wizard Step 4 of 6 x Click on Column with the TIME Preview Cancel Previous Logger File Wizard Step 5 In the fifth step click on the column header representing the Depth to WL data The title Depth to WL will appear in the column header title box The Unit for the water level data also needs to be selected the Logger File Wizard supports the following formats Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar e cm e mm e inch e ft Logger file Wizard Step 5 of 6 Click on Column with the DEPTH TE wL Preview Cancel Previous Import Data will be converted to the units defined for the current test At the bottom of this window specify the Co ordinate system used during the data collection Logger file Wizard Step 5 of 6 Ea Click on Column with the DEPTH TO L Preview Depthtowe l t 20 7 11 01 ri Unit Co ordinate system m go Benchmark Datum TOC 20 00 m The default system is Top
151. els water level data Analysis analysis graphs and calculated parameters Site Plan map showing basemaps and well locations Chapter Introduction e Reports preview and print selected reports Pumping Test Tab The pumping test tab contains all the general information pertaining to the site where the tests were conducted This information need only be entered once and is displayed in the panel unchanged for any additional tests that are created Units are specified for the currently active pumping test When a new pumping test is created the units return to default and must be changed accordingly The default units can be set by selecting Tools Options General The units for Site Plan control the XY coordinates and the elevation data the Dimensions units control the well geometry r L etc and water levels the Time Discharge and Pressure units control their respective parameters Transmissivity units control the units for the calculated parameters transmissivity storativity and conductivity Pumping test details can be entered for each new test Different descriptive names for the tests allow for easy navigation using the Project Navigator panel Aquifer properties can be specified for each pumping test These include the aquifer thickness and the aquifer barometric efficiency BE the BE value is only necessary if you intend to correct the measured drawdown data based on barometric influences The BE value may be direc
152. ements frame in the navigation panel Selecting a well in one of these frames will load the appropriate input page tab for the well For example clicking on PW1 under the Discharge Rates will activate the Discharge tab and provide options for defining the pumping rates for this well Clicking on OW1 under Water Level measurements will load the Water Levels tab activate this well and provide input fields for water level data In the next section you will specify the discharge rate for the pumping well and add water level data for the observation wells Before proceeding save your project by selecting File Save As from the main menu Enter the name for the project Sample then continue 2 1 2 Discharge Rates The purpose of this step is to define the discharge pumping rate for the pumping well PWI Click on the Discharge tab at the top of the window Pumping Test W Decharge C water Levels P Analysis E ste plan cl Reports Chapter 2 Getting Started Or from the Project Navigator panel click on PW1 under Discharge Rates Pry In the top left corner of the window select PW1 Enter the following discharge rate e Constant radio button e Type 150 in the adjacent field ischarge U 5 gal min f Constant 150 Variable 2 1 3 Water Level Data The next step in creating a pumping test is to add observation well water level data AquiferTest provides several options for adding data to a pump
153. en The pumping test consists of one fully penetrating pumping well pumping at 0 001 m3 s for 30 000 s Drawdown is observed at an observation well located 10 meters away 4 Select the Water Levels tab Take a moment to review the time drawdown data for Well 2 that was observed for this pumping test Ca Import Time Water Level TOT 4dd Data Correction W Filter Drawdown m 0 0 546 Ovle 0 609 5 Select the Analysis tab Make note of the results obtained for Transmissivity and Storativity using Theis analysis 5 You will now add the trend correction to the observed drawdown measurements 6 Return to the Water Levels tab Add a Data correction by clicking on the down arrow beside the Add data correction button and selecting Trend Correction Add Data Correction Y IM Fil Trend Correction Barometric Correction Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction 281 The Calculate Trend dialogue will appear Calculation of the Trend Coefficient The aquifer may be influenced by natural recharge or discharge which will result in a rise or Fall in the hydraulic head By interpolation from hydrographs of the well and the piezometers this natural rise or Fall can be determined For the pumping and recovery periods This information is then used to correct the observed water levels Kruseman and de Ridder Click here to import the data From a File Observation well I
154. enced TIFF images in the Site Plan view catter plots showing the quality of fit of observed and calculated drawdown can now be displayed and included in analysis reports 1 1 2 System Requirements To run AquiferTest you need the following minimum system configuration A CD ROM drive for software installation A hard drive with at least 35 MB free A local or network printer installed A Pentium processor 300 MHz or better with 128 MB RAM XP SP3 Professional Windows Vista Business Ultimate Enterprise Windows 7 Professional Ultimate Enterprise 32 bit or 64 bit Note Currently SWS does not support Home Premium Home Basic or Starter versions MSExcel any version installed A Microsoft or compatible mouse Minimum 600 x 800 screen resolution 1024 x 768 recommended Recommended internet connection 1 1 3 Installation AquiferTest is distributed on one CD ROM Chapter Introduction Place the CD into your CD ROM drive and the initial installation screen should load automatically On the initial Installation tab you may choose from the following two buttons e AquiferTest User s Manual e AquiferTest Installation The User s Manual button will display a PDF document of the manual which requires the Adobe Reader to view If you do not have the Adobe Reader a link has been created in the interface to download the appropriate software The Installation button will initiate the installation of the software on your
155. er this will reduce the number of unknowns that the solution must solve Increase the number of iterations specify the maximum number of iterations to be used during the automatic fit Higher iterations will result in slower processing times but may result in a solution Increase the tolerance specify the tolerance value for the solution The higher the value the greater likelihood of obtainining a solution Inappropriate solution method if all obtions above fail then you may consider adjusting the analysis assumptions to choose a new method Allows you to exclude certain data points from the analysis Alternately you may click the Exclude button above the graph Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar In the window that appears define the time limit ranges that should be excluded Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit A E X Time Range Owla 500 5 to z000 5 Start s 500 End s 2000 Add Replace Delete me NOTE The excluded points will remain on the graph but will be excluded from the Automatic fit To temporarily hide data points from the graph use the Define analysis time range option which allows you to limit the data Before After or Between specified time s Derivative Analysis Note Derivative Analysis is only available in AquiferTest Pro Opens the Derivative Settings dialog These settings allow you to specify a method for calculating the derivative curve Derivative smoot
156. er for large diameter wells this is not the case At the beginning of the pumping test the drawdown comes not only from the aquifer but also from within the pumping well itself or from the annular space surrounding the well i e the gravel filter pack Thus the drawdown that occurs is reduced compared to the standard Theis solution However this effect becomes more negligible as time progresses and eventually there is no difference when compared to the Theis solution for later time drawdown data Papadopulos devised a method that accounts for well bore storage for a large diameter well that fully penetrates a confined aquifer Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Using the Jacob Correction factor this method can also be applied to unconfined aquifers The diagram below shows the required conditions for a large diameter well Pumping Test Methods 179 Confining Layer D p Aquifer Confining Layer where D initial saturated aquifer thickness roy effective radius of the well screen or open hole r radius of the unscreened portion of the well over which the water level is changing The mathematical model for the solution is described in Papadopulos amp Cooper 1967 The drawdown in the pumping well r rw 1s calculated as follows with Sy drawdown in the pumping well roy effective radius of the filter well r radius of the full pipe in which the water level changes 180 Chapter
157. erTest Examples Leaky HYT The data requirements for the Hantush Jacob no aquitard storage Solution are e Drawdown vs time data at an observation well e Distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate e B value leakage factor Dimensionless Parameters For Hantush the dimensionless curve parameter f is defined which characterizes the leakage The leakage factor B and the hydraulic resistance c are defined as r a B with Beye r K c hydraulic resistance time D saturated thickness of the leaky Aquitard Pumping Test Methods 157 K vertical hydraulic conductivity of the leaky Aquitard If K 0 non leaky aquitard then r B 0 and the solution reduces to the Theis solution for a confined system A log log scale plot of the relationship W u r B along the Y axis versus 1 u along the X axis is used as the type curve as with the Theis method The field measurements are plotted as t along the X axis and s along the Y axis The data analysis is done by curve matching Type curve properties 3 A Ed Select a model Function Curve Appearance The ete eee Color L Black Width 3 ser ee errr ca 7 Neuman E Papadopulos amp Cooper Doo Double Porosity Label pon Horz Position tb 1000 vertical Position Jabove curve Set the dimensionless curve parameters Parameter Yalue Description Leackage Factor riL Typical range 0 001 2 IFL becomes
158. ervation well e Finite distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate constant Cooper Jacob II Distance Drawdown Method If simultaneous observations of drawdown in three or more observation wells are available a modification of the Cooper Jacob method may be used The observation well distance is plotted along the logarithmic X axis and drawdown is plotted along the linear Y axis Transmissivity and storativity are calculated as follows 2 30 2 25Tt r 22 Sao 27As r where r is the distance defined by the intercept of the zero drawdown and the straight line though the data points 148 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods An example of a Cooper Jacob Distance Drawdown analysis graph has been included below Distance Drawdown Left Mouse Button Shift line Right Mouse Button Rotate line An example of a CooperJacob II analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples CooperJacob2 H YT The data requirements for the Cooper Jacob Distance Drawdown Solution method are e Drawdown vs time data at three or more observation wells e Distance from the pumping well to the observation wells e Pumping rate constant Both distance and drawdown values at a specific time are plotted so you must specify this time value Cooper Jacob III Time Distance Drawdown Method As with the Distance Drawdown Method if simultaneous observations are made of drawdown in thre
159. et the units for the data In this example click on the third column 11 Select the source Units for the file ft If the source units are different from the test units AquiferTest will automatically convert the data to the units used in the test 12 You can also specify the coordinate system to use for the data In this example leave the default Top of Casing datum as seen below Logger file Wizard Step 5 of 6 alk aa E Click on Column with the WATER LEWWEL Preview Saweg 9 01 05 oO 004 9 02 05 a 0004 9 03 05 Sawe 0g g 04 05 kea ead meine ie 4 Co ordinate system E TOC Toc 0 00 m 0 0 0 oO 0 n Cancel Previous impart Click Next For more information on different types of the coordinate system please see Chapter 3 Selecting a coordinate system Creating a Pumping Test 29 13 Step 6 will appear which illustrates the Date and Time format that will be used for the data This final step also allows you to apply a filter to the data which is an excellent idea when working with datalogger files Generally datalogger files contain thousands of data points however a large percentage of them are repeated values that are essentially useless By applying a filter to the data set you can reduce a large data set down to a reasonable few hundred data points The filter may also be applied after data import in the Water Levels tab For further description of this feature pleas
160. eters for that curve For more details see Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods NOTE You must have the Dimensionless mode active to see the added type curves This concludes the section on the Data Entry and Analysis windows The next section will discuss the Site Plan tab Automatic Type Curves The family of type curves for traditional methods Hantush Neuman can be automatically displayed on analysis graphs with having to add them manually To enable the standard type curves right click anywhere on the graph and select Standard Type Curves from the pop up menu Note This pop up menu item will only be available when the graph is dimensionless and for applicable methods Hantush Neuman Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar w u B Site Plan Tab The Site Plan tab allows you to load a map for the project and optionally display contours of the drawdown data for your tests For information on how to use the Site Plan tab please see Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring Reports The Reports tab allows you to customize the printed output of your project De eee E Pumping Test Discharge water Levels gt Analysis site Plan A Reports k iL ih Lat oom J Select printouts Print preview Page x T Previous page J Next page a C Ste Plan C wek Pumping T lysis Report ee Conia io V Analysis Graphs Company Name a Es New analysis 1 City State Province I E Time Dr
161. eve and apply settings for the current analysis graph select a template from the list By using different graphical interpretations you may be able to gain a better interpretation and analysis of a data set For example in comparing the Cooper Jacob to the Theis analysis you can see that both methods generate similar results As these are graphical methods of solution there will often be a slight variation in the answers depending upon the accuracy of the graph construction and subjective judgements in matching field data to type curves Fetter 1994 For an example of a semi log straight line analysis similar to the Cooper Jacob straight line method see the example CooperJacob HYT in the AquiferTest Examples folder Parameter Controls Click on the El Parameter controls button to load a dialog where you can manually adjust the curve fit and modify the Storativity Transmissivity Conductivity and other parameters that are displayed in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator window This feature allows you to apply your expertise and knowledge of the site conditions to obtain more accurate values for the above stated parameters Clicking on this icon will produce the following dialog box T U 5 galfd Fr Ss 3 44E 4 e 3 81E 4 8 High High Parameters can be adjusted using the slider bars or the arrows beside the fields The values can also be manually entered into the fields When the parameters are se
162. exercise for creating a pumping test In the next section we will examine the process of creating a slug test 4 Save your project before proceeding by selecting File Save 2 2 Creating a Slug Test In this section you will learn how to create a slug test set the slug test units enter water level data for the test well and finally how to create the Slug Test analysis and calculate the hydraulic conductivity The following instructions are presented with the assumption that you have gone through the Chapter 2 Creating a Pumping Test and the screenshots will reflect that For the slug test the same sample project Sample H YT will be used as in the first part of this exercise In this example data is recorded at MWS where a slug bail of water is removed and the water levels are recorded Creating a Slug Test 37 To create the slug test select Test Create Slug Test from the Main menu This will load the Slug Test tab the first page as shown below Sample AquiferTest File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help NABY AA S Pumping Tests E Slug Test EQ water Level gt lt Analysis site Plan Q Reports Example Project information Units Project Name Sample Project Site Plan Dimensions m yi Slug Tests Project No 12345 Time s a Discharge Slug Test 2 client ABC Transmissivity ft 2d x Pressure Location Anywhere Convert existing values Slug Test Aquifer Properties Name Slug Test
163. fy the image file that contains the logo and choose the size in which it will be displayed Image files supported by AquiferTest include bitmap BMP icon ICO metafile WME and enhanced metafile EMF Generally your graphic should have a length to height ratio of 1 1 If your logo appears on the screen but not on printed reports your printer may not be set up for Windows operation If this occurs ask your network administrator for technical assistance Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar e Advanced Wells produces a dialogue that allows you to specify what information you wish to be printed in the Wells report Wells report settings a x Customize the well report layout Columns C Screen radius Screen Length C Casing radius Boring radius CI b Bottom of well screen Top of Aquifer i Print well image with legend e Advanced Trend Analysis produces a dialogue that allows you to specify what information you wish to be printed in the Trend Analysis report Trend Analysis Report a 3 x f Print diagram ata columns il fe 2 Main Menu Bar 109 110 e Advanced Barometric effects report produces a dialogue that allows you to specify what information you wish to be printed in the Barometric Effects report Barometric Effects Report ata columns w fe 2 e Advanced Analyses produces a dialogue that allows you to specify what information you wish to be printed in the
164. g Test Discharge EL water Levels Analysis Site Plan y Reports well 1 Pumping Well Static Water Level me E Import X Time s 2ueelio 2 546 0 546 0 0076 0 5536 3 20 2 712 0 712 0 0152 0 7272 4 J30 2 809 0 809 0 0228 0 8318 5 40 2 877 0 877 0 0268 0 9038 ii so 2 931 0 931 0 0308 0 9618 z leo 2 974 0 974 0 0348 1 0088 18 B 70 3 011 1 011 0 0266 1 0376 a lao 3 043 1 043 0 0185 1 0615 3 10 90 3 071 1 071 0 0103 1 0813 3 a jo 3 096 1 09 0 011 1 107 ee 12 110 3119 1119 0 0118 1 1308 13 120 3 14 1 14 0 0125 1 1525 14 140 3 176 1176 0 0172 1 1588 15 160 3 208 1 208 0 0264 1 1816 16 180 3 236 1 236 0 015 1 221 n 17 200 3 262 1 262 0 0093 1 2527 a 5 5 Deleting Corrections To delete a data correction barometric user defined or baseline trend effects place the mouse in the data correction column right mouse click and select Delete Data Correction from the context menu as shown below Pumping Test Discharge EL water Levels Is Analysis site Plan yF well 1 Pumping Well Static Water Level m k L Import v Time Water Level TOC Add Data Correction v Time s Water Drawdown Barometric Corrected Level m m Correction drawdown m used in analysis m 2 jio 2 546 0 546 DEMA 3 20 2712 o712 0 0 E0 Strg C 4 30 20 losos o o Aa aioe auuuuua X Delete Strg Entf a
165. g and pumped at a constant rate e Water removed from storage is discharged instantaneously with decline in head e The well diameter is small so well storage is negligible The data requirements for the Theis Recovery Solution are e Recovery vs time data at a pumping or observation well e Distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate and duration 4 6 2 Cooper Jacob Method confined small r or large time 146 The Cooper Jacob 1946 method is a simplification of the Theis method valid for greater time values and decreasing distance from the pumping well smaller values of u This method involves truncation of the infinite Taylor series that is used to estimate the well function W u Due to this truncation not all early time measured data is considered to be valid for this analysis method The resulting equation is 222 22m 5 log 4nT E This solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods piezometric surface piezometric surface before start of pumping 2 er after start of pumping 1 FQ E Ta S T ee g JT i m m flow lines aquifer b m m a ho sere hy equipotential lines aquiclude The Cooper Jacob Solution assumes the following e The aquifer is confined and has an apparent infinite extent e The aquifer is homogeneous isotropic and of uniform thickness over the area inf
166. gt Derivative from the main menu 24 From the Derivative Settings dialog select Bourdet Derviate from the Method combo box 25 In the L Spacing text box type 0 2 Derivative Settings x Select the way the derivative is calculated Small changes of water level data during a pumping test can result in a noisy derivative Here you can set up the method used to calculate the derivative to smooth noisy test data Use same setting for all data Set each dataset separately Method L Spacing 0 0 5 0 4 coca te 26 Click the OK button Now you will adjust the look of the analysis graph 27 From the Analysis Navigator Panel expand the Time Axis item 28 Change the Minimum to 100 29 Turn on the gridlines by selecting the Gridlines checkbox 30 From the Analysis Navigator Panel expand the Drawdown Axis item 31 Turn on the gridlines by selecting the Gridlines checkbox Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Time 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000100000000R0000000DN0000000C 100 00 10 00 0 10 E Pumping Well Pumping Well Derivative Reference Agarwal R G 1970 An investigation of wellbore storage
167. h Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Boulton Moench Fracture Flow Hantush with Storage Agarwal skin Cooper amp Jacob I 1 00 Cooper amp Jacob II Cooper amp Jacob III Theis Recovery Results P1 T n d 8 64E1 S 1 00E 4 Ky Kh 1 00E0 Model Assumptions Discharge Constant Time axis 10 00 Drawdown axis mpi Diagram 17 Click the ul Parameter Control button The Parameter window will appear 18 Change the T S and Kv Kh values to 2 00E 3 1 05E 4 and 1 00E 1 respectively Parameter F i Pwi T mf Kvikh 5 203 88 10 4518 10 4 8 G I 19 Click the X in the upper right corner of the Parameter window to close the window Finally to improve the appearance of the analysis graph you will change some of the display settings 20 In the Analysis Navigator Panel expand the Drawdown Axis item 21 Change the Minimum to 10 and enable the gridlines 22 Now example the Time Axis item 23 Change the minimum to 0 0001 value format to Oe 0 and enable the gridlines Your window should look similar to the one shown below 306 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Time This concludes the horizon
168. he Analysis Graph tab consists of a tool bar graph area message window and an Analysis Navigation panel Analysis Toolbar Navigator panel ae cou Reais een gh fit D i Comments pi Graph Settings Gi GOE oil O g Eirenis arenas Time Thess U0 1 1 10 100 100 10000 Manbush Graph area ooaj Hene eee Neen cb Cone EERE PS Desubls Poroaity Cooper amp leob 10 Thes Beccary IE Repas Oih Results Gib 0 10 OW11b A O36 T OWS Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar The Analysis Graph tab contains a toolbar with access to several features these are highlighted below and further explained in the following sections Fit The UB Fit Automatic Fit button is the first in the tool bar clicking this button will automatically fit the curve to your data set and calculate the aquifer parameters AquiferTest uses the downhill simplex method which is a minimizing algorithm for general non linear functions For more details please see J A Nelder R Mead A Simplex Method for Function Minimization Computer Journal 7 1965 308 If you are not satisfied with the autmatic fix you can perform a Manual Fit your curve by clicking and dragging using the mouse Please note that you must be in dimensionless view to move the curve using your mouse Exclude The Exclude button allows you to exclude datapoints based on a time range When clicked it will load the following dialog Exclude data po
169. he data being plotted off the graph window i e the data is not visible then a manual curve fitting should be used This could also suggest aquifer conditions that are outside the typical range for Transmissivity and Storativity For more complex model assumptions attempt a manual fit with appropriate parameter values for your site adjust the values for the parameters manually or enter numeric values in the parameter fields THEN use the Automatic Fit feature Excluding Data Points from the Automatic Fit When data points are excluded from the analysis they remain visible on the graph however they are no longer considered in the automatic fit calculations To exclude points from analysis click the 6 Exclude button above the analysis graph and define the time range for the data points to be excluded Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit 3 O xj Time Range Owl End min 200 Cancel Start min 400 Enter the time range and press Add Then highlight the defined range and click OK to exclude the points Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit Time Range ciwi Start min 400 End min e00 Add Replace Delete Ce cos _ Upon returning to the analysis graph once again perform Automatic fit AquiferTest will do an autofit on the remaining points however the excluded points will still be visible For more information on excluding da
170. he graph has changed The points after 100 minutes are no longer visible change the axes Min and Max values if necessary to see the effect J J Lz m 35 The parameters in the Results frame have changed to e Transmissivity 4 48E3 e Storativity 4 27E 4 Now restore the graph to normal select Define analysis time range again and selecting All Click OK Click on the i Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve You will now exclude the points Click Exclude icon above the graph The Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests following dialogue will appear Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit a ag Ea Time Range O V 1 Start min End min dd Replace Delete 25 Type in 101 in the Start field and 1440 in the End field Click Add 26 Highlight the added time range Click OK Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit E X Time Range O V 1 Start min 101 End min 1440 Add Replace Delete 27 Click on the G Fit Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve 28 The curve change is identical to the Define analysis time range option as evident from the calculated parameters in Results frame however the points are still visible on the analysis graph 29 The parameters in the Results frame should now be similar to the following e Transmissivity 4 48E3 e Storativity 4 27E 4 Exercise 4
171. heck box Contour Lines Color Shaded ae FN w pi eer qms e Data Series provides options to select the pumping test data set for contouring These options are shown below Contour Lines Show Contour Lines Drawdown of Pumping Test e Analysis at Well j analysis 1 Method Theis Reservoir Parameters at point of time min 166 666666666 arid Density Rows 100 Cols fioo me __ About the Interface 235 Specify the pumping test the analysis the well and the point in time from which to draw data for contouring as well as the grid specifications A larger grid size gt 100X100 will result in greater detail and smoother contour lines but may also increase processing time e Contour Settings loads the dialogues that allow you to fine tune the line and color contouring as well as edit the legend and labels For more details see Chapter 6 Contouring and Color Shading Properties below e Axis Labels allows you to display the X and Y axis interval labels on the report view useful for interpreting maps to scale 6 2 Data Series Before you can display contours or a color may you must select the pumping test well and time interval This is done in the Data Series dialog Load the Data Series options from the Map properties frame The dialog is shown below x Show Contour Lines Drawdown of Pumping Test e1iypa Analysis at Well Method Th
172. hing reduces noise in the dataset helping with diagnosing aquifer conditions and type curve matching Derivative Settings x Select the way the derivative is calculated Small changes of water level data during a pumping test can result in a noisy derivative Here you can set up the method used to calculate the derivative to smooth noisy test data C Use same setting for alle data Set each dataset separatly Method Bourdet Derviate BOURDET 1989 L Spacing 0 0 5 0 5 cous __ You can apply derivative smoothing to all datasets in the analysis by selecting the Use sample setting for all data option To assign different methods to different datasets select the Set each dataset separately option Main Menu Bar 105 AquiferTest provides three methods for derivative smoothing Bourdet Derviate BOURDET 1989 Standard HORNE 1995 and Regressive SPANE amp WURSTNER 1993 For more information on these methods please refer to the original texts For each method the differentiation interval or L Spacing is the distance along the x axis that is used in the calculation A value of 0 uses the points immediately adjacent to the point of interest Larger values will have more of a smoothing effect but may cause a loss of resolution Comments Allows you to add comments to the active analysis Alternately click the Comments button iz Comments In the window that appears enter any comments These will
173. iew Recovery Analysis or Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Slug Test e Default method for unconfined anisotropic aquifer analysis Choose between Neuman or Boulton The selected analysis method will be used by default whenever unconfined anisotropic is set for the model assumptions e Use NEUMAN table interpolation option provides a much faster slightly less accurate NEUMAN solution e Default Units set the units that are loaded with each newly created test 111 112 Constants tab Physical Constants Density of Water kg m 299 7 Gravitational Acceleration rms2 2 81 Mathematical Constants Confidence interval For t Test s Options For Automatic Fit Maximum Number of Iterations 500 Tolerance Defaulk 1E 3 ji OE 8 i Display Progress bar slower Parameter Factor 4 Multiply idivide by f1 Cooper amp Jacob Validity line u Range 0 01 0 1 0 01 Distance Dravwdown nearest point Linear f Logarithm Define the physical and mathematical constants that AquiferTest uses for different computations The density of water and acceleration due to gravity are used e g in the barometric pressure correction calculations The confidence interval of the t test is used in the trend correction Automatic fit specify the maximum number of iterations to be used during the automatic fit and display a progress bar in the Analysis graph window Higher iterations will result in slower processing times
174. iferTest project Recently opened projects appear at the bottom of the File Menu Close Close the current project Save Save the current project Save As Save the current project as a new file name Import The import menu contains several options You can import one of the following e Well locations and geometry from an ASC TXT XLS XLSX or SHP file e Site Maps 84 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar e Water Level data e Data Logger File Importing Well Locations and Geometry You can import well locations and geometry into your project from two locations File Import Import Wells from file menu option e By right clicking on the Wells grid and selecting Import Wells from file e Selecting Import wells from file from the Additional tasks frame of the Project Navigator Using one of the methods listed above the following dialogue is produced in which you can select the file either ASC TXT XLS XLSX or SHP file containing your well information My Recent Documents E OW data xls Desktop 2 OWS_logger txt B press ws wl txt E time vs pressure txt Trenddata xls My Documents Project shp E bly Network File name laces Exercised asc dl Files of type All supported file formats LS TXT ASCH Y Well locations Shape SHP Once selected the Wells Import dialog will open as shown below Main Menu Bar 85 86 P Import wells from Exercise1 xls f ioj
175. ify the colors to differentiate between the pumping and observation wells Marker Symbols In this form you can also customize the appearance of the symbols which are used to represent the wells on the site map and analysis graphs Use the combo boxes to select the color and shape of the symbol The symbols are assigned to the wells based on the order in which they were created If the Type curves use same color as markers check box is selected all type curves will be colored the same color as the markers If the Draw marker symbols behind type curve option is selected the marker symbols will always appear behind the type curves Form Scaling The Form Scaling option allows you to set a scaling factor for the main form This is helpful when using large fonts for your display or having other problems with displaying labels on the AquiferTest forms It scales up down so all controls can be seen and accessed Main Menu Bar 113 114 User fields tab Reports General Constants Appearance User fields User defined Fields Page Properties Visible Caption Use default font Use default position Left mm Top mrm AquiferTest allows you to create up to four user defined fields for displaying in project reports A text field can be added to any of the following project tabs Pumping Slug Test Discharge Water Level and Analysis Use this tab to specify the properties for each user defined field
176. ile Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support La D lt iu Schlumberger Discharge Pumping Test only This window allows you to specify the type of discharge constant or variable and the discharge rate for one or more pumping wells ischarge U 5 gal min f Constant 150 Variable You must select a pumping well for which the discharge data is to be entered PB 56 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar If the discharge is variable this tab is used to enter the time periods and values for the discharge AquiferTest also presents the time discharge data graphically as it is entered S Pumping Test Discharge Q Water Levels Ere Analysis Site Plan q Reports Pwi Discharge U 5 galimir O Constant Variable 1 _ 2000 100 300 2 4000 200 a jeooo fao 4 6000 n 2 240 e 7 8 z q E 180 10 El 11 ui 12 J D E 120 14 E i5 5 Ee 16 17 TE 18 60 19 20 21 22 23 0 2000 4900 6000 6000 10000 Time min 24 NOTE AquiferTest will not allow you to enter any information in the discharge table until Variable radio button is selected in the Discharge frame i e the discharge table time and discharge columns is active only if Variable is selected as the discharge type Under the wells list there is a drop down menu where you can switch from the default Tim
177. iles folder in your AquiferTest installation directory 11 Select the file horizontal xls 12 Click the Open button Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Your window should look similar to the one shown below Time min Waster a eee evel 1 1a la lz joms Lp E la louw Li Lid 4 looser ea 188 ls joo lat L7 la Jo Jhi 1 77 17r Pte Ia LE la jos Li Lii a omr nm 1a jm jomo ia T aia jak 1 1 91 14 E jat E E LH L E LEERE Lar La E ja a LA E 5 1 j 201 201 aia Be reat 74 ix v a 28 m w ali 1i a a 12 1 mm ja 14 14 ian leg 15 15 lag liz 1 1 Fe ee 2i zl EMEI T 3 eo _i 0 400 ano 1200 1600 2000 m san 15 a Time min lan 720 ha aa lo 238 ia 13 Click the Anaysis tab 14 Select PW1 Pumping Well from the Data from list The AquiferTest Analysis will show Time Drawdown data on a linear linear scale Tirei apron E Time min the aie 400 a i700 i600 zimi Hanhah Themi wath Jeon Cones oer Papedepuest Cooper aie Porvaty DeD Taikan Moetch Fracture Min Hinbath yah Sebonege Ajani clan E 120 Dorks h Ramey Dpi k Jaiot I a Cooper A Lana j z Cooper Janb I Ee z0 3 00 15 Above the Analysis Graph select the Dimensionless option by checking this box 16 Under the analysis method select Clonts and Ramey solution method Exercise 10 Horizontal Wells 305 Time Theis Bae Dna 1 10 100 1000 Hantus
178. ind a solution the following dialog will appear In this dialog you can adjust numerous parameters then re start the automatic fit Main Menu Bar 103 104 Exclude Data fit j igs The automatic Fit For OWS was not successful This can have differrent reasons Try one or more of the Following options Change the start parameters Start value of Transmissivity is 2 4563 m2 d Change value Start value of Storage coefficient is 3 14E 4 Change value Start value of Sigma is 1 00E2 Change value Start value of Gamma is 1 00E 1 Change value Start value of SFis 1 0060 Change value Lock one or more parameters Transmissivity is unlocked Lock it nowy Storage coefficient is unlocked Lock it now Sigma is unlocked Lock it nowy Gamma is unlocked Lock it mow SF is unlocked Lock it now Increase the number of iterations The current maximum number of iterations is 1000 New number of iterations Increase the tolerance The current tolerance is 1E 8 New tolerance Inappropriate Solution Method Please verify thak your data set meets the assumptions of the selected solution method Check the curve characteristics in the Diagnostic Graph and iF necessary select a different solution and Fit again Show this window if Fit is not successful Change the start parameters change the start value of any of the parameters for the selected solution method Lock one or more parameters by locking the value for a specific paramet
179. ine data provides a basis for correcting the test data to account for on going regional water level changes Although the wells on site are the main target for baseline measurements it is important to measure key wells adjacent to the site and to account for off site pumping which may affect the test results Osborne 1993 During the baseline trend observation period it is desirable to monitor and record the barometric pressure to a sensitivity of 0 01 inches of mercury The monitoring should continue throughout the test and for at least one day to a week after the completion of the recovery measurement period This data when combined with the water level trends measured during the baseline period can be used to correct for the effects of barometric changes that may occur during the test Osborne 1993 For more details please see EPA Groundwater Issue Suggested Operating Procedures for Aquifer Pumping Tests Paul S Osborne EPA 540 S 93 503 February 1993 5 1 Baseline Trend Analysis and Correction Historic and baseline water level trends can impact the drawdown data you record during your pumping test Surrounding pumping activities or even surface disturbances Baseline Trend Analysis and Correction 215 5 1 1 Theory 216 such as trains can effect the water level during the pumping test It is important to identify all major disturbances especially cyclic activities which may impact the test data Enough measurement
180. ing Test Methods 161 DIMENSIONLE ORAGE CONSTANT C DIMENSIONLESS PRESSURE py _ FIG 1 p p VS tp FOR INFINITE RADIAL SYSTEM WITH STORAGE AND SKIN EFFECT For an example exercise of the Agarwal 1970 analysis method please see Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects on page 308 4 7 7 Unconfined Isotropic Theis with Jacob Correction 162 The water table in an unconfined aquifer is equal to the elevation head potential Transmissivity is no longer constant and it will decrease with increasing drawdown This means that there is not only horizontal flow to the well but there is also a vertical component which will increase the closer you get to the well Since transmissivity in unconfined aquifers is not constant there is no closed solution for this aquifer type That is why the measured drawdown is corrected and the pumping test is interpreted as being in a confined aquifer The Jacob modification Jacob 1944 applies to unconfined aquifers only when delayed yield is not an issue and when drawdowns are small relative to the total saturated thickness Neuman 1975 Delayed yield is present in most unconfined aquifers at early times during the pump test and is only absent at late times when the drawdown approximates the Theis curve As such Jacob s correction should only be applied to late time drawdown data Kruseman and DeRidder 1994 Jacob 1944 proposed the following correction
181. ing test including e Manually entering each data measurement e Cut and pasting from the Windows clipboard e Importing data from a text file or Excel spreadsheet xls e Importing data from an ASCII datalogger file asc txt or Diver Datalogger MON or Level Logger lev Entering Data Manually For OW 1 the data will be entered manually 1 Select the Water Levels tab at the top of the window Pumping Test w Discharge T Water Levels Pe Analysis Ste Plan 2 Select OW1 from the Wells list in the top left corner of the window ensure this well is highlighted in blue before proceeding 3 Enter the Static WL of 0 E water Levels Pee Analysis 5 Static WL ft 0 Creating a Pumping Test 23 4 Inthe Time min and Depth to WL ft columns enter the following data Press Enter after each value to move to the next field NOTE Do not type anything in the Drawdown column Time min Water Level ft 1 1 53 2 1 87 3 2 07 4 2 22 5 2 33 6 2 42 7 2 50 8 2 56 9 2 62 10 2 67 20 3 02 30 3 22 40 3 37 50 3 48 60 3 57 100 3 82 200 4 17 300 4 37 400 4 52 500 4 63 800 4 86 1000 4 97 1440 5 16 Chapter 2 Getting Started Sample AquiferTest BAX File Edt View Test Analysis Tools Help 2B BH B gee z z Pumping Tests yy Pumping Test Discharge Water Levels 5 lt analysis Site Plan Q Reports Example Pw Pump
182. ing values Pumping Test Aquifer Properties Name Pumping Test 1 Thickness m well 1 Performed by Type Unkown v Water level measurements Date 6 24 2011 Bar Eff BE m fQ well 1 l Analyses Tye kim Yim Eevaten alsenchmerk Penetration Rin fe btm frtm umping Wel T Be New analysis 1 Dy Create a New Analysis se 7 Define analysis time range pa winch LJ Add comments Additional tasks Import Wells From file Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support Schlumberger The first page tab is Pumping Test In this window define the project specifics test details units aquifer dimensions and wells 2 1 1 Pumping Test Information Enter the following information in the Pumping Test tab Project Information General details of the project e Project Name Sample Project e Project No any number e Client ABC Location Anywhere 16 Chapter 2 Getting Started Pumping Test Discharge O water Levels F Analysis Project information Froject Name Project No Client Location Pumping Test General details for the selected pumping test e Name Example e Performed by Your Name e Date Test Date Once you have done this you should see Example in the Tests frame of the Navigator Panel you may need to click the highlighted test under the Tests frame of the Navigator Panel to see the new info
183. ing well Static WL ft 0 Owi OwWw2 ows Wells p3 Import data v Time Water Level TOC Add Data Correction C Filter T Settings Find A Zoom Pan Pwi Time min Water Drawdown Aj owi Level ft Ft 1 1 1 53 1 53 Owe2 _ ows 2 2 1 87 1 87 Discharge rates 3 3 2 07 2 07 pwi 4 4 2 22 2 22 Water level measurements 5 5 2 33 2 33 Opw1 6 l 2 42 2 42 Qowi 7 2 5 2 5 Qowz 8 8 2 56 2 56 ows 9 9 2 62 2 62 Analyses 10 10 2 67 2 67 ete Se New analysis 1 1 20 3 02 3 02 E Sal Create a New Analysis 12 30 3 22 3 22 z N D Define analysis time range 13 40 3 37 3 37 z f G Add comments 14 50 3 48 3 48 5 ie Additional tasks fis Jeo 3 57 3 57 Import Wells From file 16 100 3 82 3 82 Create 4 Pumping Test 17 200 4 17 4 17 lug T Create a Slug Test 18 300 4 37 4 37 Contact Technical Support pame 19 a 400 4 52 4 52 1 4 20 500 4 63 4 63 21 800 4 86 4 86 22 1000 4 97 4 97 23 1440 5 16 5 16 24 0 _ 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 25 Time min 26 27 L yl Importing Data from an Excel File 1 Inthe Water Levels tab select and highlight OW2 from the Wells list Pu Pumping welly 2 Enter the Static WL of 0 fe Water Levels Dee Analysis td 5 Static WL Ft 0 For this well the data will be imported from an Excel file 3 Select File Import Water Level measurements 4 A Windows Explorer dialogue will appear prompting you to
184. ining Technical Support To help us handle your technical support questions as quickly as possible please have the following information ready before you call or include it in a detailed technical support e mail e A complete description of the problem including a summary of key strokes and program event or a Screen capture showing the error message where applicable e Product name and version number e Product serial number e Computer make and model number e Operating system and version number e Total free RAM e Number of free bytes on your hard disk e Software installation directory e Directory location for your current project files You may send us your questions via e mail fax or call one of our technical support specialists Please allow up to two business days for a response Technical support is available 8 00 am to 5 00 pm EST Monday to Friday excluding Canadian holidays Phone 1 519 746 1798 Fax 1 519 885 5262 E mail sws support slb com Training and Consulting Services Schlumberger Water Services offers numerous high quality training courses globally Our courses are designed to provide a rapid introduction to essential knowledge and skills and create a basis for further professional development and real world practice Open enrollment courses are offered worldwide each year For the current schedule of courses visit www swstechnology com training or e mail us at sws training slb com Schlumberger
185. ints from the Automatic Fit a X Time Range OV Start min 400 End min 200 Add Replace Delete General Info 69 Enter the range of exclusion in the Start and End fields and press Add The defined period will appear in the Time Range list Exclude data points from the Automatic Fit a E xj Time Range OV1 Start min 400 End min e00 Add Replace Delete Select the defined period and click OK to apply it This will exclude data points between 400 and 800 minutes from analysis They will still be displayed on the graph but will no longer be considered when the automatic fit is applied Comments Click on the amp comments Comments button to load a dialog where you can record comments for the current analysis You may alternately select Add Comments from the Analysis frame of the Project Navigator Apply Graph Settings The pull down menu to the right of the Comments button allows you to select from a list of graph settings When AquiferTest is installed on your computer there will be two default graph settings Log Log and Semi Log As you continue to use the software you can save your settings using the pa Save the graph settings as a template icon The following dialog will appear where you can provide a unique name to your settings Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar General Info The new settings will now appear in the pull down Settings combo box To retri
186. inuities groundwater recharge well borehole storage and variable pumping rates The differential equations that describe groundwater flow are linear in the dependent variable drawdown Therefore a linear combination of individual solutions is also a valid solution This means that e The effects of multiple pumping wells on the predicted drawdown at a point can be computed by summing the predicted drawdowns at the point for each well and e Drawdown in complex aquifer systems can be predicted by superimposing predicted drawdowns for simpler aquifer systems Dawson and Istok 1991 In AquiferTest the standard solution methods can be enhanced by applying superposition the various superposition principles are explained below 130 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 4 1 Variable Discharge Rates Pumping rates from an aquifer are sometimes increased in several steps in order to better assess aquifer properties In AquiferTest drawdown calculated during variable discharge periods is analyzed using the superposition principle Using the superposition principle two or more drawdown solutions each for a given set of conditions for the aquifer and the well can be summed algebraically to obtain a solution for the combined conditions For variable discharge rates the following equation is used _ Q 9 Q y r s UE ws Poe 4aT JERE the equation shown here applies for the Theis solution where t gt t with Q pumping rate star
187. ion That way the physical labels will change but the numerical values will remain the same NOTE The default units for new tests can be defined in the Tools Options General window General Info 53 Any field that prompts you for or displays calculated values shows the units used in square brackets unless the value is dimensionless Aquifer Properties In this frame enter aquifer parameters such as Thickness Type Confined Unconfined Leaky Fractured Unknown and Barometric Efficiency The diagram beside the frame displays different well geometry parameters that you will be required to enter to describe the wells used in the project Wells Grid This table contains the information about well geometry and location of each well in the project x Ft Ft Elevation fai Benchmark Penetration R Ft L Ft b Ft Pumping well D 0 05 3 Observation Well 30 0 05 3 Observation Well 200 0 05 3 Observation Well 1000 0 05 3 Mot Used 0 0 16404199 9 854251968 Click here to create a new well e Name provide a unique name for each well e Type define the type of well In a pumping test the available types are e Pumping well e Observation well e Piezometer e Not used while in a slug test the available types are e Test well e Not used NOTE In a slug test only one well can have the Test Well status To add additional wells create new slug tests The Default setting for the first well in the project
188. ions AquiferTest Pro also provides the tools for trends corrections and graphical contouring water table drawdown around the pumping well AquaChem AquaChem is designed for the management analysis and reporting of water quality data AquaChem s analysis capabilities cover a wide range of functions and calculations frequently used for analyzing interpreting and comparing water quality data AquaChem includes a comprehensive selection of il commonly used plotting techniques to represent the chemical characteristics of aqueous geochemical and water quality data as well includes PHREEQC a powerful geochemical reaction model GW Contour The GW Contour data interpolation and contouring program incorporates techniques for mapping velocity vectors and particle tracks GW Contour incorporates the most commonly used 2D data interpolation techniques for the groundwater and environmental industry including Natural Neighbor Inverse Distance Kriging and Bilinear GW Contour is designed for contouring surface or water levels contaminant concentrations or other spatial data UnSat Suite Plus UnSat Suite Plus seamlessly integrates multiple one dimensional unsaturated zone flow and solute transport models into a single intuitive working environment Models include SESOIL VS2DT VLEACH PESTAN Visual HELP and the International Weather Generator The combination of models offers users the ability for simulating the downward vertical flow of w
189. is or exported to TXT or XLS format Display Standard Type Curves Allows you to show hide a family of type curves for certain analysis Duplicate Allows you to create a copy of thecurrent analysis 3 2 6 Tools Menu Options Specify settings for various program options Reports tab Reports General Constants Appearance User fields Page Margins mm Left fio Right fio Top fio Bottom fio V Draw frame Title Block JV Display title block in reports Company Info Schlumberger Water Sel 460 Philip St Suite La gt Logo Logo Preview C None Small Large File name D Program Files AquiferTest logo bmp Advanced This tab allows you to format the report printouts e Page Margins set Left Right Top and Bottom margins Main Menu Bar 107 108 J Slug Test F1 water Level Analysis Site Plan 2 Reports Select Printouts Print preview hg it Prints page aie Next page oo Wells Water Level Data FRE ee Eaa eranis a Philip St Suite 101 me Waterloo Ontario H2L 5J il a e Title Block set up your company title the way you wish it to appear on reports You have the option of disabling the title block so that it doesn t print on every page of the report Change the font and size of the title by clicking on the Font button e Logo Logo Preview define a logo that will be printed with the company info Speci
190. is navigator displays the calculated values Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis 257 These values should be approximately e Transmissivity 4 20E 3 US gal d ft e Storativity 9 97E 5 e Hydraulic resistance 2 85E 4 The following table illustrates a comparison of these values with those published AquiferTest Published Dawson 1991 Transmissivity 4 20 E 3 4 11 E 3 US gal d ft 29 To print your report click on the Reports tab 30 Expand the Navigator tree in the left portion of the Reports tab 31 Check the box beside the Hantush Jacob under Analysis Graphs Select Printouts Print preview Pae T Previous page JL Next page _ Site Map Wells Water Level Data Analysis Graphs v Analysis Table 32 Click on the f Print button in the tool bar or select File Print from the main menu 258 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 33 Save your project by clicking on the fa Save icon or selecting File Save as The next exercise will demonstrate analysis of recovery data from a pumping test using the Agarwal solution You have the option to exit the program make sure you save the changes or to continue on to the next exercise Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis 259 7 3 Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution 260 This exercise demonstrates analysis of recovery data using the Agarwal solution new to Aquifer
191. ise is written with the assumption that you have gone through the first exercise and are familiar with the AquiferTest interface This exercise is based on the pumping test data published in Dawson and Istok Aquifer Testing Design and Analysis of pumping and slug tests 1991 p 113 1 2 3 Launch AquiferTest or if you already have the window open create a new project by clicking the New button from the toolbar or select File New from the main menu In the Pumping Test tab enter the following information in the appropriate fields Project Information e Project Name Exercise 2 e Project No 2 e Client ABC e Location Your Town Pumping Test frame e Name Hantush Jacob Analysis e Performed by Your Name e Date fills in automatically Units frame e Site Plan ft e Dimensions ft e Time min e Discharge US gal min e Transmissivity US gal d ft Aquifer Thickness frame e Thickness 20 e Type Leaky e Bar Eff leave blank In the Wells tab a pumping well has been created by default Set the parameters for that well as follows e Name PW e Type Pumping Well e X 0 e Y 0 Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis 253 4 Create another well by clicking the Click here to create a new well link under the first well 5 Set the parameters for the new well as follows e Name OW1 e Type Observation Well e X 80 e Y 0 Your Wells grid should now look similar
192. itely extending confined aquifer and constant pumping rate e Theis Prediction same assumptions as classical Theis solution however no drawdown data was necessary e Theis Forward similar assumptions however using superposition could also support multiple pumping wells variable pumping rates and correction for partially penetrating pumping wells e Stallman Forward Recharge Boundary Theis method with the addition of a correction factor for a recharge boundary e Stallman Forward Barrier Boundary Theis method with the addition of a correction factor for a negative barrier boundary condition The abundance of solution methods led to some ambiguity and vagueness concerning the assumptions and limitations of an individual method In AquiferTest there is a single Theis method by changing the model assumptions you can replicate any of the aforementioned scenarios The process in AquiferTest is systematic and as such easier to understand By explicitly indicating the known aquifer type and or conditions which can be determined using the diagnostic plots you know which effects are considered in the selected solution method Generally it is recommended that you start with a simple model and gradually increase the complexity That is for a pumping test start with the default Theis set of assumptions and change them only if you observe phenomena that do not fit this model For example if you know that the aquifer is bounded 400 m
193. ith time on a linear X axis and h h on a logarithmic Y axis The effective piezometer radius r should be specified as the radius of the piezometer unless the water level falls within the screened portion of the aquifer during the slug test 198 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods If the water level is in the well screen the effective radius may be calculated as follows ly Fy gt l n aR where n is the porosity of the gravel pack around the well screen Ter 1S the same as r w which is defined in the Wells table Slug Test Solution Methods 199 200 Slug Test Bail Test Static water level 2r Static water level 2r gt gt gt o SE FJ J Ss ss cee t gt mse gt 4 7tS Sis Seer m m m H t 0 2R nk _ EEE aquifer aquifer m KH ES E E aquiclude aquiclude In cases where the water level drops within the screened interval the plot of h hg vs t will often have an initial slope and a shallower slope at later time In this case the fit should be obtained for the second straight line portion Bouwer 1989 An example of a Bouwer Rice analysis graph has been included in the following figure Time vs Change in WL Time s COOPER BREDEHOEFT PAPA 200 30 0 100 Hvorslev Bouwer amp Rice om ms 6 15E 6 Upper maran fl Lower margin 10 Li
194. ivated and an Autofit is performed The information may be advisory in nature or may report the specifics of an error in the analysis Errors are usually caused by the absence of required data for a chosen analysis Main Menu Bar Message Automatic Fit for OW a succeeded 99 Analysis Parameters Show or hide the analysis parameter controls These controls allow you to manually position the type curve to your data Parameter Ble T U 5 galfd Fr Ss 3 44E 4 e 3 81E 4 a High High Depending on the test you can adjust the values for different parameters to see how this affects the drawdown curve Use the up and down arrow keys or the slider bars to adjust the values and see the resulting drawdown curve change in the graph below For more details please see Chapter 4 Manual Curve Fitting Scatter Diagram Show a scatter diagram of the current fit For more information on the scatter diagram please refer to Scatter Diagram on page 72 3 2 4 Test Menu The Test menu contains the following items Create a Pumping test Selecting this menu option will create a new pumping test Another way to create a pumping test is to select the link Create a Pumping test under the Additional tasks frame in the Project Navigator When this is done the Pumping Test tab will appear and all fields will be blank except the Project Information if you have already completed this in an earlier test
195. l direction e the initial piezometric surface before injection is horizontal and extends infinitely in the radial direction e Darcy s law is valid for the flow domain e the well is screened over the entire saturated thickness of the aquifer is fully penetrating e the volume of water is injected or withdrawn instantaneously at time t 0 The data requirements for the Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Solution are e Time vs depth to water level at a large diameter test well e well geometry Dimensionless Parameters Additional type curves for this method may be added by changing the CD value in the Type Curve properties dialog as shown below Type curve properties 3 al x Select a model function Curve Appearance z B IDN JEHOEFT 10 Color C Black Width f zi Bouwer amp amp Rice Style solid v Label Font Horz Position tD 1000 Vertical Position above curve Set the dimensionless curve parameters Parameter Y alue Description CD 100 Typical range 10 100000 Well bore storage coefficient Abbrechen 4 11 High K Butler The Butler High K method Butler et al 2003 is appropriate for the analysis of slug tests performed in partially penetrating wells in formations of high hydraulic conductivity Type curves for this method are generated using the damped spring solution of classical physics Kreyszig 1979 208 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods
196. layed on the graph Title Font the font for the axis title Scale switch between linear and log scale To switch click on the right portion of the Scale line to produce a drop down menu and choose the alternate system Minimum minimum value on the axis Maximum maximum value on the axis Show Values show hide axis values Value Font font for axis values Value format specify the number of decimal places the axis values Major unit number of divisions on the axis Gridlines display horizontal gridlines on the graph Reverse set the origin 0 0 to the bottom left corner or the top left corner of the graph 77 Diagram Line width Diagram frame allows you to format the graph and the area immediately around it The parameters in the frame control the following parameters in the graph area Time E 10000 0 20000 0 30000 0 9000 0 50000 0 6000 0 70000 0 20000 0 30000 100000 0 Margins ao Line width Legend Legend Marker size position font The graph width and height control the graph size 78 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar General Info Display Schlumberger Water Services Slug Te ct Snalyol e Report 460 Philip St Suite 104 Proalech Sample Proecl Waterloo Ontario Wumber 123432 HZL 5J2 Glen ABG Lomallon Camala Sig Terl Sample Sig Terl el REY Terl Corduckd by Chis Bogdon Teri Dak 201 ae Squier Thickness 10 00 m Tiie a T 8 ce ii 5
197. le Water Supply 1 Water Sypply 2 Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 269 8 Click on the Water Levels tab 9 Select OW1 from the well list For this exercise the data set will be imported from an excel file 10 From the main menu select File Import Water Level measurements 11 Browse to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and select the file Exercise4 xls 12 Click Open 13 Enter Static Water Level of 4 0 14 Click on the 4 Refresh button in the toolbar to refresh the graph The calculated drawdown appears in the Drawdown column and a graph of the drawdown appears to the right of the data Time min Waker Drawdown mi Level Ft Fr 1 4 07 0 07 2 2 4 21 0 21 ci bc 4 33 0 33 4 5 4 51 0 51 5 4 65 0 65 6 o 4 74 0 74 Digia 70 5 08 1 08 e J40 5 4 1 4 g Jeo 5 62 1 62 io leo 5 81 1 81 11 100 5 97 1 97 12 300 6 77 2 77 13 500 7 24 3 24 14 700 7 6 3 6 15 900 7 96 3 96 16 1000 6 02 4 02 17 1440 8 45 4 45 15 Select the Analysis tab 16 Select OW 1 in the Data from window 17 Click on the G Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve The calculated parameter values should be e Transmissivity 3 02 E3 ft2 d e Storativity 7 06E 4 270 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Time min a75 J J 175 33 525 as L225 dan 1575 175I 18 Since the automatic fit uses all data points often it d
198. ll then calculate the distance between the top of the well screen and the top of the aquifer and the bottom of the well screen and the bottom of the aquifer and uses these factors in the drawdown calculations AquiferTest uses the well geometry after Reed 1980 shown in the following diagram a oeron e ee Ground surface mna evel ywa A E l se rani I z a4 Discharging wells Static level impermeable bed m l aM H aM o i Aquifer a gt a H ALTI ep Impermeable bed Aquifer Test uses the vertical flow correction developed by Weeks 1969 Q ae u OS equation shown here is for confined aquifer with W u Theis well function Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods difference in drawdown between the observed drawdowns and the drawdowns predicted by the Theis equation is computed as follows Q pa i 4nT J For the calculation of f two formulae exist e one for a piezometer and e one for observation wells For a piezometer f is modified and calculated with 2D a nra nab nrd W u nzp k cos r sin sin Its LW u nap j D H D D t b d Sn with D thickness a distance from aquifer top to bottom of piezometer b distance from top of aquifer to bottom of well screen for the pumping well d distance from top of aquifer to top of well screen for the pumping well The calculation for B is as follows
199. luenced by pumping e The piezometric surface was horizontal prior to pumping e The well is pumped at a constant rate e The well is fully penetrating e Water removed from storage is discharged instantaneously with decline in head e The well diameter is small so well storage is negligible e The values of u are small rule of thumb u lt 0 01 In AquiferTest it is possible to define different values of u for the validity line For more details see Constants tab on page 112 Cooper Jacob I Time Drawdown Method The above equation plots as a straight line on semi logarithmic paper if the limiting condition is met Thus straight line plots of drawdown versus time can occur after sufficient time has elapsed In pumping tests with multiple observation wells the closer wells will meet the conditions before the more distant ones Time is plotted along the logarithmic X axis and drawdown is plotted along the linear Y axis Transmissivity and storativity are calculated as follows Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions 147 2 30 _ 22ih 4 TAS r An example of a Cooper Jacob Time Drawdown analysis graph has been included below Left Mouse Button Shift line Right Mouse Button Rotate line An example of a CooperJacob I analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples CooperJacob1 HYT The data requirements for the Cooper Jacob Time Drawdown Solution method are e Drawdown vs time data at an obs
200. lysis Create pumping well analysis Define analysis time range amp Fit Exclude DeErivahve A Comments Statistics 2 Choose Time Drawdown from the Analysis method frame of the Analysis Navigator panel 3 In the Analysis Name field type Time vs Drawdown Sample AquiferTest LOK File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help aes AB 8 Pumping Tests E Pumping Test discharge Q water Levels PJ Analysis Site Plan Reports i Exarcle Gick here fo hide properties view a Data from owi Analysis Name Time Dravwdown Appendix A owe onal teal V ow3 Analysis Performed by AnalysisDate 6 27 2011 This is a Time Drawdown Plot without calculations Use the Analysis panel or click here to select a new method 2 Wb _ Recovery period only PW owi Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph owe Comments Apply Graph Settings gt fi MR Wao Analysis method ows Time Drawdown Discharge rates Time min Theis Pwi 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 Hantush Water level measurements a Theis with Jacob Correction Pwi Neuman Qowi Papadopulos amp Cooper Qow2 Double Porosity OW3 1 40 Boulton Analyses Moench Fracture Flow De New analysis 1 Hantush with Storage Se Time Drawdown Agarwal skin Pa Create a New Analysis E 2 80 Clonts amp Ramey Define analysis time range Cooper amp Jacob I E Add comment
201. lysis Report E x f Print diagram ata columns D fe 2 82 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar e Layout Barometric effects report specify what information you wish to be printed in the Barometric Effects report Barometric Effects Report ata columns ra fe 2 e Layout Analyses specify what information you wish to be printed in the Analysis report Analyses Report a x Customize the analyses report layout Columns Analysis performed by Analysis date Method name Well Print average value cancel e Report Titles allows you to modify some of the titles of the report templates Analysis Water Level Data and Discharge Data Analysis Report Title Enter a custom title or leave the Field blank to use the standard text General Info 83 The Report tab is test specific 1 e it offers the options to print components only for the currently selected pumping or slug test To print specific reports place a check mark beside the desired report and click the Ep Print button or select File Print from main menu This concludes the description of the tabs In the next section the main menu items will be discussed 3 2 Main Menu Bar 3 2 1 File Menu The File menu contains the following items New Create a new project To return to the existing project select Open Project AquiferTest projects are saved with the extension HYT Open Open an existing Aqu
202. me Test Thickness im fina Performed 0 Type cona Disha H simii r Bar EM BE Benchmari Penetration Pm m eim Bimi in a a F Next you will assign the discharge record to the pumping well 4 Click the Discharge tab at the top of the data input window 5 Make sure that Pumping Well is highlighted 6 Type a constant discharge rate of 2592 m day ischarge m3 d Constant 2592 Variable Next you will assign water levels to the pumping well 7 Select the Water Levels tab 8 In the Station WL m field type 0 9 Select File gt Import gt Water Level Measurements from the main menu 10 Browse to the ImportFiles folder in the AquiferTest installation directory and select the skineffects xls file 11 Click the Open button The waterlevel drawdown data will appear in the data table and will be plotted on the drawdown plot Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects 309 Time s Water Drawdown Level m m ne Du 1 0 0 2 300 35 8 35 8 3 600 62 91 62 91 4 900 85 96 85 96 5 1200 107 72 107 72 6 1500 122 78 122 78 1800 134 52 134 52 8 2100 140 71 140 71 gma 9 2400 143 92 143 92 120 10 2700 146 66 146 66 S 11 3000 151 48 151 48 a 12 3600 152 93 152 93 iaaa 5 80 13 4200 154 12 154 12 14 4800 155 82 155 82 15 5400 156 85 156 85 16 6000 157 72 157 72 17 6600 158 52 158 52 40 18 7200 159 17 159 17
203. me time as the Water Supply 1 however whereas Water Supply 1 pumped for 1440 minutes 24 hours at a constant discharge of 150 US gal min Water Supply 2 only ran at that rate for 720 minutes 12 hours and was then shut off 40 Select the Analysis tab 41 You will see that the theoretical drawdown curve no longer goes through the observed points instead the curve is below the data indicating that the predicted drawdown at OW has increased as a result of activating the second pumping well Time min 73 7 00 AquiferTest calculates the theoretical drawdown curve using the Transmissivity T and Storativity S values calculated earlier in this exercise 42 The Theis analysis assumes a Constant discharge however AquiferTest allows you to change the model assumptions in the tests as you will do now Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 275 43 Expand the Assumptions frame of the Analysis Navigator 44 In the drop down menu beside Discharge change Constant to Variable Well Penetration Fully Confined Infinite Isotropic Constant Variable and click anywhere in the Assumptions panel to apply the changes Confined Infinite 45 You will notice that now at 720 minutes the curve rises sharply which is equivalent to a sudden decrease in drawdown This coincides with WaterSupply2 being shut off after 720 minutes As a result
204. mping well s drawdown caused by the imaginary injection well Using the new variable r the user must enter a value for the parameter P when a boundary condition is applied in the Model assumptions frame where P ratio of r to r Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods The P value can be entered in the Results frame in the Analysis Navigator panel Once the value is entered the parameter should be locked since it is a constant value 1 e the ratio between the distances is constant and should not change during the automatic fit The explanation of each boundary type is further discussed below Recharge Boundary For a recharge boundary with an assumed constant head two wells are used a real discharge well and an imaginary recharge well The imaginary well recharges the aquifer at a constant rate Q equal to the constant discharge rate of the real well Both the real well and the imaginary well are equidistant from the boundary and are located on a line normal to the boundary Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 River qs Recharge boundar Piezometer gt ge boundary 90 4 a a v Discharging Well Recharging Well Real imaginary Line of Zero Drawdown where a distance between pumping well and the boundary r distance between observation well and real well r distance between observation well and imaginary well There is a line of zero drawdown that occurs at the point of the recharge
205. mptions are not available for slug test solutions nor for the Theis Recovery or Cooper Jacob methods Dimensionless Graphs AquiferTest also provides a dimensionless representation of the analysis graph In this graph time tp and drawdown sp are plotted without dimensions NOTE Similar to the diagnostic plots the dimensionless graph is appropriate for constant pumping rates only and a single pumping well Graphing Options 123 124 The following definitions are specified Tt 2aTs D 7 Q where T Transmissivity t Time since beginning of pumping r radial distance to the pumping well S Storage coefficient s Drawdown Q pumping rate Reference Renard P 2001 Quantitative analysis of groundwater field experiments 222 S ETH Z rich unpublished p 41 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Adding Type Curves In the dimensionless mode additional user defined type curves may be added for an improved analysis In the Analysis Navigator Panel under Type Curves click on the Add Type curve option and the following dialogue will appear P Type curve properties iol x Select a model Function __ Curve Appearance Color H Slack Width p E Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper iT Double Porosity Label Paes Boulton 7 Hantush with Storage Agarwal skin vertical Position above curve Set the dimensionless curve parameters Ther
206. n Delete Object Delete objects such as analyses or tests Delete a Test 1 Select Edit Delete Object Test 96 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar 2 From the dialogue that has appears choose the test you wish to delete Delete Test a x Example Sample Slug test cancel 3 Press Delete Delete an Analysis 1 Select the analysis to delete from the Project Navigator 2 Select Edit Delete Object Analysis 3 From the dialogue that has appeared choose the analysis you wish to delete Delete Analysis 4 Click Delete Delete a Graph Template On page 70 you learned how to save the graph settings you used for a particular analysis To delete a graph settings template follow the procedure below Main Menu Bar 97 1 Select Edit Delete Object Graph Template 2 From the dialogue that has appears choose the template you wish to delete Delete Graph Template dimless cancel 3 Click Delete NOTE There is no undo function Be sure that you select the appropriate object before deleting 3 2 3 View Menu The View menu contains the following items Navigation Panel Show or hide the Project Navigator Button Labels When this item is selected a label is displayed under each toolbar icon When this option is not selected the toolbar buttons are displayed under the menu bar without any labels This saves space on the window 98 Chapter
207. n It is strongly recommended that you create a secure independent back up of projects before converting Updating Old Projects 5 1 3 Learning AquiferTest 1 3 1 Online Help This User s Manual is supplied to you in two forms as a printed book and as an on line help file To view the electronic help version of this manual select Help then Contents 1 3 2 Sample Exercises and Tutorials There are several sample projects included with AquiferTest which demonstrate the numerous features and allow you to navigate and learn the program Feel free to peruse through these samples To begin working with your own data please skip to Chapter 2 Getting Started for a step by step summary of how to create a pumping test and how to create a slug test 1 3 3 Suggested Reference Material Additional information can be obtained from hydrogeology texts such as Freeze R A and J A Cherry 1979 Groundwater Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 07632 604 p Kruseman G P and N A de Ridder 1990 Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data Second Edition Completely Revised ILRI publication 47 Intern Inst for Land Reclamation and Improvements Wageningen Netherlands 377 p Fetter C W 1994 Applied Hydrogeology Third Edition Prentice Hall Inc Upper Saddle River New Jersey 691 p Dominico P A and F W Schwartz 1990 Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology John Wiley amp Sons Inc 824 p Driscoll F G 1
208. n Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Boulton Moench Fracture Flow Hantush with Storage Cooper amp Jacob I Cooper amp Jacob II 8 Inthe Analysis Name field type Theis 9 Above the Analysis Graph in the toolbar check the box beside Dimensionless 10 This will display the Theis analysis on the traditional log log plot 11 Select OW1 from the Data From frame and then click the wr Automatic fit button located in the toolbar above the plot Repeat this step for OW2 and OW3 Your graph should look similar to the one shown below Sample AquiferTest oe Fie Edit View Test Analysis Tools Help a By OB 8 Pumping Tests Pumping Test discharge FQ water Levels gt Analysis Site Piano Reports ee Click here to Aide properties view a Data From owi Analysis Name Theis Appendix Owe O T Be Anahysis Parfoimad by Analysis Date 6 27 2011 m Analysis is based on assumptions from Theis Use the Analysis panel to modify the assumptions or cick here to select a new method ecovery period on 1 Y owi Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph ow2 GB Ft Comments Apply Graph Settings BM OMA IAA g a T U 5 gal 3 4464 lA owa eea ee Dimensionless 5 _ E Model Assumptions Time axis Tele T le Font Discharge rates Pw Water level measurements Dewi Qowi Qowz ows Analyses De New analysis 1 Px Time Drawdown b
209. n instantaneous change in water level e Inertia of water column and non linear well losses are negligible e Fully penetrating well e The well is considered to be of an infinitesimal width e Flow is horizontal toward or away from the well Data requirements for the Hvorslev Solution are e Drawdown recovery vs time data at a test well e Observations beginning from time zero onward the observation at t 0 is taken as the initial displacement value Ho and thus it must be a non zero value NOTE Hvorslev has presented numerous formulae for varying well and aquifer conditions AquiferTest uses a formula method that can be applied to unconfined in addition to confined conditions This method could be applied to unconfined conditions for most piezometer designs where the length is typically quite a bit greater than the radius of the well screen In this case the user must assume that there is a minimal change in the saturated aquifer thickness during the test Finally it is also assumed that the flow required for pressure equalization does not cause any perceptible drawdown of the groundwater level For other conditions and more details please refer to the original Hvorslev paper For the Hvorslev analysis method you must enter all values for the piezometer geometry The effective piezometer radius r should be entered as the inside radius of the piezometer well casing if the water level in the piezometer is always above the screen
210. n be more reliable than drawdown data because the recovery occurs at a constant rate whereas constant discharge pumping is often difficult to achieve in the field Recovery drawdown data can be collected from both the pumping and observation wells Agarwal 1980 proposed a method to analyze recovery data with interpretation models developed for the pumping period The method is based on defining a recovery drawdown s and replacing the time axis during the recovery by an equivalent time te residual drawdown s drawdown s f drawdown y s a Extended time drawdown curve 0 Pumping by Recovery Time Agarwal defines the recovery drawdown s as the difference between the head h at any time during the recovery period and the head h at the end of the pumping period Pumping Test Methods 183 184 The recovery time t is the time since the recovery started It is related to the time t since pumping started and to the total duration of pumping t peter If we consider the case of the recovery after a constant rate pumping test the head h in the aquifer can be expressed with the Theis solution or can be approximated by the Cooper Jacob expression Using the Cooper Jacob expression Agarwal expresses the recovery drawdown as ATt AT t t s i 2 2m 4 aT ATt n In rs rs rs or Q ne an o EA Beem o ee a N a 4aT S t t 4aT rs with t the equivalent Agarwal time
211. n the upper left and finishing in the lower right To zoom out simply draw a box in the opposite direction start at the bottom right and end at the lower left W Pan allows to shift the zoomed in window up down left or right Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Depth to Static Water level Enter the depth to the water level before the test began for either a pumping or slug test This depth is subtracted from the Water Level measurements to obtain the Drawdown values NOTE The static water level should be entered before you proceed to enter import the time water level data Water Level at t 0 Slug tests only This field is located below Depth to static water level field and contains the water level at the start of the measuring period of the slug test 1 e immediately after the slug has been inserted or removed This completes the Data Entry portion of the program The next section describes the analysis of the data and report generation Analysis Tab General Info The Analysis tab is dynamic and contains different options depending on the type of test however the general fields are the same An example is shown below 65 E Contined Aquitertest Hog Fle Edt Vew Test Analysis Took Help aa oC Purngsing Trata LTR Pumping Test MBP Dichans 5 Water Larreta ET Anas AD ste Plan G Repent Brel Miederrbeir EO eee Eki Anew bn Ae Sree rm Ee mmi Anahe Mame Thak Dimara Appendh
212. n the bottom half of this window Define the following well parameters for this well e Name PW1 e Type Pumping Well e X 0 e Y 0 5 Click here to create a new well link under the first well to create a new well Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis 247 6 7 8 9 10 248 Define the following well parameters e Name OW1 e Type Observation Well e X 824 e Y 0 The Wells table should now look similar to the following tab Name Type x Ft Ft Elevation ai Benchmark Fenetration R Ft L Ft b Ft 1 Pity Pumping well D D Fully 2 owi Observation Well 824 ee Fully Click here to create a new well NOTE It is not necessary to enter well geometry data since the Theis analysis assumes fully penetrating wells Click on the Discharge tab to enter the discharge rate for the pumping well Ej pumping Test Discharge EG water Levels F anstysis ste Pln X Repete In the Discharge frame select the Constant option Enter the following discharge rate 220 ischarge U 5 gal min f Constant 220 Variable NOTE PW1 is highlighted in the window to the left of the Discharge frame When there are multiple pumping wells in the test the one that is highlighted is the one for which you are entering data ensure that correct well is selected Click on the Water Levels tab to enter the water level data for the observation well Pumping Test ry Discharge
213. nalysis Create a new analysis by selecting Analysis Create a new analysis from the Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 main menu analysis Tools Help Create a New Analysis Greate analysis considering well effects Define analysis time range Fit Exclude Fal Comments In the Analysis Name field type Bouwer amp Rice Notice this name now appears in the Analyses frame of the Project Navigator panel Select Bouwer amp Rice from the Analysis Method of the Analysis Navigator panel Time vs Change in WL LOOPER BREDEHOEFT PAPA Hyvorsley Bouwer amp Rice A warning message will appear indicating Missing Parameter Aquifer Thickness Error Missing Parameter Aquifer Thickness Enter a value in the tab Return to the Slug Test tab and locate the Thickness field in the Aquifer Properties frame Enter a value of 10 0 Return to the Analysis tab Select Bouwer amp Rice in the Analysis frame of the Project Navigator panel Click on the B Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve If you are not satisfied with the fit of the line use Parameter Controls to adjust it Once you are finished the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel will display the conductivity value K 6 47 E 1 ft d 64 7 ft day To print your reports go to
214. nd AquiferTest will select the appropriate Analysis Method from the Analysis Navigator panel From here you may continue to adjust the model assumptions in order to reach a more representative solution Alternately you may directly select the Analysis Method and AquiferTest will then select the corresponding model assumptions The following model assumptions are available for the pumping test solutions e Type Confined Unconfined Leaky Fractured e Extent Infinite Recharge Boundary Barrier Boundary e Isotropy Isotropic Anisotropic e Discharge Constant Variable e Well Penetration Fully Partially Each time a model assumption is modified AquiferTest will attempt to recalculate the theoretical drawdown curve and a new automatic fit must be applied by the user If the automatic fit fails then a manual curve fit can be done using the parameter controls Also adjusting model assumptions may result in the addition of a new aquifer parameter s or removal of existing ones apart from the usual parameters Transmissivity T and Storativity S For example if you change the aquifer type from confined to leaky an additional parameter for hydraulic resistance c will be added for each well in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel and its value will be calculated Alternately changing the aquifer type back to confined will hide this parameter and the c value will no longer appear in the Results frame NOTE Model assu
215. nd Correction ccccccccccccscccceees 220 Modify m COrrechOns sidcsaceevesaere ce teat ee atea wee set sees Ea 228 Deleting OFrechOns 425 404 0008s ete e aan ewe end eee ee aae eames aoa sy 228 6 Mapping and Contouring cccceeccccscccees 231 A Dout the INTEEI ACG och Ses he 8 Soo oe 8S eS we SSE ee eee 231 MY ACA SUNOS rrara Re oh cate alain a datas 6 acca in wars co a Pastas ew oan aaa Sl aces 236 Contouring and Color Shading Properties ccc ccccccccccccccves 238 Contour HGS VAD 3 jo5 344 056 34 a Ged Gu a other od wate e aegis 238 Color Shade GD 53a oe h eh week awe ae te eee dee giob ene en ens oe he ke we 239 2 01 0 Ce am a ar me er ee ee ee ee ee ee aoe 240 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 245 Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis ccc ccccccccccees 246 Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis cccccceees 253 Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution eeeceee 260 Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 000 268 Determming Aquiier Parameters s sricre sredin Saale AAS ee eA eee 268 Determining the Effect of a Second Pumping Well 0 0 0 c eee eee 274 Predicting Drawdown at Any Distance from the Pumping well 247 Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction ccccccccccccccccees 281 Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction
216. ne width 1E0 h ho An example of a Bouwer amp Rice slug test is available in the project AquiferTest Examples SlugTestl HYT The Bouwer Rice Solution assumes the following e Unconfined or leaky confined aquifer with vertical drainage from above of apparently infinite extent e Homogeneous isotropic aquifer of uniform thickness e Water table is horizontal prior to the test e Instantaneous change in head at start of test e Inertia of water column and non linear well losses are negligible e Fully or partially penetrating well Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods e The well storage is not negligible e The flow to the well is in a steady state e There is no flow above the water table Data requirements for the Bouwer Rice Solution are e Drawdown recovery vs time data at a test well e Observations beginning from time zero onward the value recorded at t 0 is used as the initial displacement value Hp by AquiferTest and thus it must be a non zero value NOTE It is important to emphasize that when the Bouwer Rice method is applied to data from a test in a well screened across the water table the analyst user is adopting a simplified representation of the flow system 1 e both the position of the water table and the effective screen length are not changing significantly during the course of the test Butler 1998 For the Bouwer Rice slug test method you must ente
217. nel otherwise AquiferTest will average the pumping rates into one constant value 4 4 2 Multiple Pumping Wells Determining the cone of influence caused by one or more pumping wells can be a challenge To do so one must assume that the aquifer is limitless therefore the cone of influence is also regarded as limitless The cone of influence is considered mathematically finite only with a positive aquifer boundary condition In AquiferTest multiple pumping wells can be considered using superposition The principle states that the drawdown caused by one or more wells is the sum of multiple wells superimposed into one The following equation is used to superimpose a pumping rate for multiple pumping wells n 2 j Q w 2 i 4aT ATt 132 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods with n number of pumping injection wells Q pumping rate at the well i r distance from the observation well to well 1 It is important to notice that superimposition of groundwater flow causes the cone of depression to develop an eccentric form as it ranges further up gradient and lesser down gradient In AquiferTest this situation is not considered as the depression cone is symmetrical to all sides and extends over the stagnation point This means representation of the cone of depression and calculation of the cone of influence does not consider overall groundwater flow 4 4 3 Boundary Effects Pumping tests are sometimes performed near the boundary of
218. o 7 e Client ABC e Location Your Town Slug Test frame e Name Hvorslev and Bouwer Rice Analysis e Performed by Your Name e Date filled in automatically Units frame e Site Plan ft e Dimensions ft e Time s e Transmissivity ft7 d Remaining units are not used and can be left as is In the Wells table a well has been created automatically By default the type is set to Not Used Change the type to Test Well by activating the Type cell of the well and then clicking again to produce a drop down menu DO NOT double click Enter the following information for the well e Name TW e R 0 083 e L 10 e r 0 083 Click on the Water Levels tab to enter the water level data for the test well In this exercise you will enter the data manually Type in the following Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests information using Tab key or arrow keys to move from cell to cell Water Level 14 87 14 59 14 37 14 2 14 11 14 05 14 03 14 01 14 0 13 99 8 For the Static Water Level enter 13 99 9 For the Depth at t 0 enter 14 87 DPMAVAMNARWNE Ow p o atic Water Level Ft 13 99 WL at t 0 Ft 14 67 10 Click on the 4 Refresh button in the toolbar to refresh the graph The calculated drawdown appears in the Drawdown column and a graph of the drawdown appears to the right of the data as shown below Time s water rar in Level Ft WL Ft 14 87 0 88 14 59 0 6
219. o to identify an aquifer system one must compare its drawdown behavior with that of the various theoretical models The model that compares best with the real system is then selected for the calculation of the hydraulic parameters Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 AquiferTest now includes the tools to help you to determine the aquifer type and conditions before conducting the analysis In AquiferTest the various theoretical models are referred to as Diagnostic plots Diagnostic plots are plots of drawdown vs the time since pumping began these plots are available in log log or semi log format The diagnostic plots allow the dominating flow regimes to be identified these yield straight lines on specialized plots The characteristic shape of the curves can help in selecting the appropriate solution method Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 In addition the Diagnostic plots also display the theoretical drawdown derivative curves i e the rate of change of drawdown over time Quite often the derivative data can prove to be more meaningful for choosing the appropriate solution method NOTE Diagnostic Graphs are available for Pumping Tests only Graphing Options 119 120 To view the Diagnostic Plots load the Analysis tab select the Diagnostic Graphs tab and the following window will appear f log log lin log Confined Leaky or recharge boundary Barrier boundary l l LLI EEEE p tit i
220. o large and your curve moves too quickly type Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests the new parameter values in the fields manually T Ft2yd Ss 13253 3 2 1865 a High High i L 25 When you have achieved the best fit between the fitted line and your data close the parameter controls 26 The Results frame of the Analysis navigator displays the calculated values These values should be approximately e Transmissivity 1 32E 3 ft d e Storativity 2 09E 5 The following table illustrates a comparison of these values to those that are published AquiferTest Published Fetter 1994 Transmissivity ft2 d 1 32 E 3 1 40 E 3 Storativity 2 09 E 5 2 40 E 5 27 To print the analysis click the Reports tab a Pumping Test Discharge O water Levels Analysis site Plan Q Reports 28 The navigation tree in the left portion of the tab lists all reports that are available for printing Expand this tree 29 Under the Analysis Graphs select the box beside Theis Analysis Exercise 1 Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis 251 232 30 In the window to the right you will see the preview of the print out Navigator tree 31 32 Select Printouts Print preview Page f Previous page IL Next page Site Map Wells Water Level Data W Analysis Graphs Schlumberger Wa
221. oes not provide the most accurate results For example you may wish to place more emphasis on the early time data if you suspect the aquifer is leaky or some other boundary condition is affecting the results In this case there is a boundary condition affecting the water levels drawdown between 700 1000 feet south of Water Supply 1 You need to remove the data points after time 100 minutes There are several ways to do this either by de activating data points in the analysis they will remain visible but will not be considered in analysis or by applying a time limit to the data data outside the time limit is removed from the display You will examine both options From the Main menu bar select Analysis Define analysis time range or select this option from the Analysis frame of the Project Navigator panel dow 2 es News analysis 1 Create a Mew Analysis Define analysis tine range Add comments Import Wells Frorn File Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 271 212 The following dialogue will be produced Analysis Time Limit TA X Time Limit Data to Include min Al Before C After C Between and Cancel 19 Select Before and type in 101 This will include all the data points before 101 20 21 22 23 24 minutes and will remove all the data points after that period Click OK Click the Automatic Fit icon and see how t
222. of Casing Datum however if your data logger recorded data as water level elevation then you have the option of importing the data in these formats as well e Using the Top of Casing Datum the top of the casing TOC elevation is designated as zero and the data will be imported as measurements from the top Main Menu Bar 93 of the well casing to the water level i e depth to water level the traditional format After you import enter the data you must enter a value for Depth to static water level Then click on the Refresh icon and AquiferTest will make the appropriate drawdown calculations e Using the Sea Level Datum the top of casing TOC elevation is designated as the elevation amsl you have entered for that well AquiferTest will read this elevation from the value you have input in the Wells section AquiferTest will make the appropriate drawdown calculations by calculating the difference between the static water level elevation and the water levels recorded during the test e Using the Benchmark Datum the top of casing TOC elevation is designated as the benchmark elevation you have entered for that well AquiferTest will read this elevation from the value you have input in the Wells section This elevation is relative to an arbitrary benchmark that would have been established during a site survey As with the sea level datum AquiferTest will make the appropriate drawdown calculations by calculating the difference between the st
223. of the methods listed a dialog will load in which you can navigate to the appropriate file 2 Select the file then click Open Main Menu Bar 87 88 NOTE Ensure that you are in the Water Levels tab and that the appropriate well is selected before importing water level data This procedure will copy the data into the Water Level table Text and Excel Import Format To import data from a file it must be set up in a specific format The source data must be in a text TXT or MSExcel XLS XLSX file containing two columns of data The first column must be in column A far left side of the page and it must contain the elapsed time data The second column must be in column B immediately adjacent to the time data separated by Tab and it must contain water level data This may be in the format of depth to water level drawdown or water elevations ams or above a benchmark An example is shown below 1 jtime ts Depth to VL im 1 8 15 232 2 1 15 230 24 15 224 27 15 228 BL 3 15 223 3 3 15 224 ae 3 6 15 219 Eg 3 9 15 219 42 15 219 45 15 217 49 15 217 NOTE Be sure to select the water level coordinate system for the source file before importing i e Time Water Level TOC Time Water Level amsl etc from the drop down menu above the measurements window For more information on the coordinate system see page 93 Time Water Level TOC Time Water Level TOC Time Drawdown Time Water Le
224. ols Help NIMI OAS Pumping Tests Project information Project Name Sample Project Site Plan Dimensions Project No 12345 Time Discharge U S galfmin Client ABC Transmissivity Pressure Location Anywhere Convert existing values Example Pwi Pumping Test Aquifer Properties Owl Name Example Thickness ft ow2 Performed by John Doe Type a owe a e O Discharge rates 2z tye x vif Elevation Benchmark Penetratin R uce oa free ece 1 Pung 3 rm Pwi pw Qowi Qowz Q ow3 u Pull 3 S Analyses ell 0 0 0 Fully 0 05 3 0 025 Fe New analysis 1 Daj Create a New Analysis Define analysis time range GJ Add comments i I Import Wells From file Create a Pumping Test Create a Slug Test Contact Technical Support In this manner you can add as many wells as required to a project The new wells that are added to the project will appear in the Wells frame of the Project Navigator panel Creating a Pumping Test 22 EEUE ElNew analysis 1 Create a Mew Analysis Define analysis time range You will see there are now 4 wells in the Wells frame in the Project Navigator panel on the left side of the main window In addition wells that are set as type Pumping Well will appear under the Discharge Rates frame in the Project Navigator panel and all wells will appear under the Water Level Measur
225. ontouring PEPEPrerr ry Color shading pn Dass C A Contour Settings w Asis labels 0O 4 In this dialogue select the pumping test from the top the appropriate analysis Theis 240 Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring in this example and the well where the data was observed OW3b and the time duration Once you select the Well you will see a preview of the calculated Aquifer Parameters directly below the list box You may also define the grid size however the default is fine for this example Data Series TA E E Display Contour Lines Drawdown From ee LL Pumping Test urnping Test 1 sel gt Method Theis Aquifer Parameters T ms 9 10E 3 5 5 11E 4 Time Duration s 10000 Grid Density Rows a9 Columns a9 D w Cancel Apply 5 Click OK 6 Check the boxes beside Color shading and Contouring Purniping Test 1 Scale 1 Minirciuirr Ft y Minimum Ft Map Image Font Symbol Size Symbol Color Width mm Height mm Georeterence Contouring Color shading Data Series Contour Settings a 7 Click the Zoom Out button until you see the following figure Example 241 Pumping Test 1 Foot Taral z E SS a a AS Contour seira N is ED _ y Zoom in y Zoom out EX Load Image mm Clear Image z Re scale Save Map The line contours are blue colored by default and the color sh
226. oolbar to refresh the graph The calculated drawdown appears in the Drawdown column and a graph of the drawdown appears to the right of the data 19 Click on the Analysis tab 20 Check the box beside OW1 in the Data from window If you are not sure whether the aquifer is leaky or not you can use the Diagnostic Plots and analyze the drawdown derivative data to provide insight on the pumping test activities This is demonstrated below 21 Click on the Diagnostic Graph tab in the Analysis plot and the following window will appear Diagnostic Graph Analysis Graph log log lin log Confined Leaky or recharge boundary Barrier boundary a 1E1 loq t In this image you can see the observed drawdown data and the calculated derivative data The derivative data is distinguished by an X through the middle of each data symbol and is delineated in the image above Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis 255 256 22 To the right of the graph window you will see 5 yellow diagnostic plot windows with a variety of type curves The plots are named diagnostic since they provide an insight or diagnosis of the aquifer type and conditions Each plot contains theoretical drawdown curves for a variety of
227. or barrier boundary The cross sectional view of the Stallman recharge condition is seen in the following figure Theory of Superposition 135 _ Recharging boundary P Real Bounded System water level at t 0 water level at t t Confining Layer Line of Eero Drawdown Recharging Q Well mage men 0 l Discharging ao o a aaa i ma ih re A impression cone i Equivalent System L _ Mda L L g water level at t t T h i l _ depression cone EN Barrier Boundary For a barrier boundary the imaginary system has two wells discharging at the same rate the real well and the imaginary well The image well induces a hydraulic gradient from the boundary towards the imaginary well that is equal to the hydraulic gradient from the boundary towards the real well 136 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Impermeable rock Barrier boundary Piezometer Discharging Well Discharging Well imaginary Real Line of Zero Drawdown The cross sectional view of the Stallman Barrier condition is seen below Barrier boundary Q ra Real Bounded System water level at t 0 l l EE E S 4 l water b level at t t 2 Y 0 g Lineof Zero Drawdown l Discharging Q a ace Discharging Well real a l i gt Well image l Equivalent System
228. or this well you will import the time water level data from a data logger file Select File Import Data Logger file from the main menu Browse to the folder AquiferTest ImportFiles and select the Exercise3 asc file Highlight the file and click Open This will launch the 6 step data logger import wizard In the first step select a set of settings saved in a previous import session This is a great time saver when importing many files with similar format Since there are no existing settings you define the required settings manually Logger file Wizard Step 1 of 6 A E x Load Import Settings None Start Import at row f File origin yvindows ANS Previews of File E Aquiferlest40Exercises import filesiLogger asc 2709 00 08 45 05 2 000 m 2709 00 08 45 15 2709 00 08 45 25 2709 00 08 45 55 2709 00 08 45 45 2709 00 08 45 55 2709 00 08 46 05 2709 00 08 46 15 2709 00 08 46 25 oo 4 M oh E Ww W Previous Import The first window also allows you to select the row from which to start importing If you have headers in the first row you can start importing from row 2 There are no headers in this file so you can leave everything as it is Click Next In Step 2 specify the delimiters Un check the box beside Tab and check the one beside Space Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution 261 Logger file Wizard Step Z of 6 Semicolon Comma m Space Others 120900 06 45
229. ots Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Now that you are confident that the aquifer is leaky you can select the appropriate solution method and calculate the aquifer parameters 23 Click on the Analysis Graph tab 24 Select Hantush from the Analysis methods frame of the Analysis navigator panel Time Drawdown Theis Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman PAPADOPULGS COOPER DOUBLE POROSITY 25 In the Analysis Name field enter Hantush Jacob Data From Analysis Name Hantush Jacob Appendix Analysis performed by Analysis date fin 112004 Analysis is based on assumptions From Hantush Use the Snalysis panel to modify the assumptions or click here to select a new method 26 Click on the R Fit Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve The analysis graph should appear similar to below 27 If you are not satisfied with the fit use Parameter Controls to adjust the curve Iime Vravwoown Time min Theis 0 20 40 60 80 100 T Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman Papadopulos Cooper Double Porosity s pm 5 c min Aquifer type Leaky 1 80 Aquifer extent Infinite Isotropy Isotropic well Penetration Fully 2 40 To view the Dimensionless Type Curve view expand the Display frame of the Analysis Navigator panel and check the box beside Dimensionless This option is not demonstrated in this Exercise 28 The Results frame of the Analys
230. own from both the linear and non linear well loss components The general equation for calculating drawdown inside a pumping well that includes well losses is written as where Sw drawdown inside the well B linear well loss coefficient C non linear well loss coefficient Well Performance Methods sw BQ COP 189 Q pumping rate p non linear well loss fitting coefficient p typically varies between 1 5 and 3 5 depending on the value of Q Jacob proposed a value of p 2 which is still widely used today Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 AquiferTest calculates a value for the well loss coefficients B and C which you can use in the equation shown above to estimate the expected drawdown inside your pumping well for any realistic discharge Q at a certain time t B is time dependent You can then use the relationship between drawdown and discharge to choose empirically an optimum yield for the well or to obtain information on the condition or efficiency of the well An example of a Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss analysis graph has been included below Discharge md Lf 100 2600 420 0 5600 700 i Specific capacity d m D g D 000 7 An example of a Hantush Bierschenk analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Hantush Bierschenk2 HYT The table below illustrates a comparison of the results with those published in Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 AquiferTest Published Krusem
231. port Wells from file Create a Pumping Test Contact Technical Suppor 13 14 Chapter Introduction Getting Started This chapter is designed to serve as a quick start reference guide and is divided into sections for your convenience feel free to read through the entire chapter or jump directly to a section of interest 1 2 1 Creating a Pumping Test e 2 1 1 Pumping Test Information e 2 1 2 Discharge Rates e 2 1 3 Water Level Data e 2 1 4 Creating a Pumping Test Analysis e 2 1 5 Reports 2 2 2 Creating a Slug Test e 2 2 1 Slug Test Information e 2 2 2 Water Level Data e 2 2 3 Creating a Slug Test Analysis e 2 2 4 Reports 2 1 Creating a Pumping Test The dataset for this example was taken from Dawson and Istok pg 96 To start AquiferTest navigate to Programs SWS Software AquiferTest 2011 1 1 AquiferTest 2011 1 or double click on the desktop icon Once AquiferTest is loaded there will be an empty project tile loaded by default as shown below Creating a Pumping Test 15 File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help NIBP AA S Pumping Tests Pumping Test Discharge EQ water Levels gt Analysis Site Plan Q Reports 7 Pumping Test 1 Project information Units Project Name Site Plan ms Dimensions m yl Project No Time s m Discharge u 5 galjmin v Client Transmissivity ft fd Pressure Location Convert exist
232. porting Gridded Drawdown Data Once the grid has been calculated you may export the grid values to a text file for interpretation analysis with other tools Simply right mouse click on the Map window and select Export Grid A dialog will appear prompting for a filename The file will be saved as a tab delimited text file containing three columns X Y Drawdown Exporting Drawdown Contours You can export drawdown contours to shapefile format by clicking on the Save Map button in the toolbar Specify a filename and select the Contours Line Shape SHP option from the Save As Type combo box Exporting Wells You can export project wells to shapefile format by clicking on the Save Map button the toolbar Specify a filename and select the Well locations shape SHP option from the Save As Type combo box Exporting Site Map Once the site map is displayed to your liking you have a few options for exporting e Click on the Copy icon on the toolbar then paste the map image into an image editor e Click on the Save Map icon The image can be saved as a BMP file then loaded into an image editor for further processing or converting to alternate formats By default AquiferTest will create an image that is high resolution 1859 X 2094 Data Series 237 6 3 Contouring and Color Shading Properties The Contouring and Color Shading map properties may be accessed by clicking Contour Settings button from the Map Properties frame of the Sit
233. presentation of the quality of the fit The 45 degree line colored red represents an ideal scenario where the calculated values equal the observed values However this is not likely to happen in many real life scenarios If the data points appear above the line then the calculated values are larger than the Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar General Info observed values which may indicate that the model is over predicting If the data points are under the line then the calculated values are less than the observed values which may indicate that the model is under predicting The scatter diagram can also be viewed in the statistics report which can be accessed by selecting Analysis Statistics from the main menu Note The Scatter Diagram is only available for analysis methods with model functions e g Theis Hantush etc It is not available for the legacy methods straight line methods e g Cooper amp Jacob Hantush Bierschenk Specific Capacity Slug Tests etc Aa z T la 5 E a S0 af Set to Analysis Mode Click the Set to Analysis Mode button to load a scatter diagram of the current fit The diagram plots the observed drawdown values X axis Zoom Pan Set Zoom Axis Oy Zoom button allows to zoom in on a data set in the analysis graph after selecting the zoom button draw a box around the desired region starting in the upper left and finishing in the lower right To zoom out simply draw a
234. presentations of subsurface characterization data and groundwater modeling results Combining graphical tools for three dimensional visualization and animation Visual Groundwater also features a data management system specifically designed for borehole investigation data The graphical display features allow the user to display site maps discrete data contours isosurfaces and cross sectional views of the data Groundwater Instrumentation Diver NETZ Diver NETZ is an all inclusive groundwater monitoring network system that integrates high quality field instrumentation with the industries latest communications and data management technologies All of the Diver NETZ components are designed to optimize your project workflow from collecting and recording groundwater data in the field to project delivery in the office Mark of Schlumberger V1 Table of Contents 1 Introduction asi 5 66 56 085 3 eb eae We See cal we oe What s New nA GUINer lest ecserin eeren aaah et ates eae ASRS eee eee ewes 4 New Features ai Version 20L A oo yaks ted Sk Sd ene ehh Sa ee ha od oth atte ales 4 SVEM REGUPCINEIIS 5 000 002 a a a e a eea eee hee Ane Ari 4 Meali haa aeee eneen a a aA AEG E N AET OE O 4 Updating Old Pr jeCtSeririicsreeeri rentie a BRA ie a Wh Bw eee Be 5 Learning AGuiler eSt 6 sce ct Gra ha 8a Gee ae Bae Sa ora ea aa eee ee eas 6 Onune HeD ss 2 dete ok Soh oh ea She er a A ae oe Eee ee Be ee aS 6 Sample Exercises and Tutorials 2
235. r 28 42 Q U S gal min 4 8 2 Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution The Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss Solution is used to analyze the results of a variable rate step test to determine both the linear and non linear well loss coefficients B and C 188 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods These coefficients can be used to predict an estimate of the real water level drawdown inside a pumping well in response to pumping Solution methods such as Theis 1935 permit an estimate of the theoretical drawdown inside a pumping well in response to pumping but do not account for linear and non linear well losses which result in an increase in drawdown inside the well Quite often these non linear head losses are caused by turbulent flow around the pumping well Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 The solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure where the aquifer is confined and D is the thickness of the saturated zone piezometric surface before start of pumping aquiclude aquifer aquiclude piezometric surface after start of pumping Area of drawdown influenced by well losses flow lines equipotential lines The figure above illustrates a comparison between the theoretical drawdown in a well S1 and the actual drawdown in the well S2 which includes the drawdown components inherent in S1 but also includes additional drawd
236. r person or organization for whom the project was performed and the location of the test General Info 51 52 Pumping Test In this frame provide a unique test name to facilitate navigation and your name as a signature for the output The Date reflects the date the test was conducted use the pull down calendar to select a new date a June 2004 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri 1 ee 4 6 T a J i 1l is i4 15 16 17 16 0 21 24 273 2z 25 ef eo 29 30 Units In this frame specify the units for the collected data and optionally convert the values to different units for the output using the Convert existing values feature described below e Site Plan specify units in which the well XY coordinates elevation and benchmark were measured Available units are e Dimensions specify the units in which the well and aquifer parameters were measured Available units are Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar e Discharge specify the units in which discharge was recorded Available units are 5 galimin e Transmissivity specify the units in which the transmissivity values will be calculated Available units are are The Convert existing values checkbox allows you to convert the values to the new units without having to calculate and re enter them manually On the other hand if you created a test with incorrect unit labels you can switch the labels by de selecting the Convert existing values opt
237. r all values for the piezometer geometry The effective piezometer radius r should be entered as the inside radius of the piezometer well casing if the water level in the piezometer is always above the screen or as calculated by Peg lr7 1 n nR 7 where n porosity if the water level falls within the screened interval during the slug test where r the inside radius of the well R the outside radius of the filter material or developed zone and n porosity To use the effective radius check the box in the Use r w column in the wells grid scroll to the very right of Slug test tab The radius of the developed zone R should be entered as the radius of the borehole including the gravel sand pack The Length of the screened interval L should be entered as the length of screen within the saturated zone under static conditions The height of the stagnant water column b should be entered as the length from the bottom of the well screen to the top of the aquifer The saturated thickness of the aquifer D should be entered as the saturated thickness under static conditions Slug Test Solution Methods 201 4 10 2 Hvorslev Slug Test The Hvorslev 1951 slug test is designed to estimate the hydraulic conductivity of an aquifer The rate of inflow or outflow q at the piezometer tip at any time t is proportional to K of the soil and the unrecoverable head difference di q t aa FKH hy The following fig
238. radius r should be specified as the radius of the piezometer check the Use r w in the Wells grid Slug Test Solution Methods 203 Slug Test Bail Test Static water level T Static water level 2r gt gt aquifer aquifer HUUAERERECECECOAUCUCNCNCN LOUCO aquiclude aquiclude In cases where the water level drops within the screened interval the plot of h hg vs t will often have an initial slope and a smaller slope at later time known in the literature as the double straight line effect In this case you should manually fit the line to the second straight line portion of the data Bouwer 1989 It is not necessary for the line to go through 1 0 An example of a Hvorslev analysis graph has been included in the following figure COOPER BREDEHOEFT PAPADO Hvorslev Time s D DD 50 0B 100 00 150 00 2500 00 250 00 100 00 150 00 400 00 450 00 500 00 Bouwer amp Rice K ftd 2 09E0 An example of a Hvorslev slug test is available in the project AquiferTestAquiferTest Examples SlugTest2 HYT The Hvorslev Solution assumes the following e Unconfined or non leaky confined aquifer of apparently infinite extent e Homogeneous isotropic aquifer of uniform thickness e Water table is horizontal prior to the test 204 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods e Instantaneous injection withdrawal of a volume of water results in a
239. ral Info 3 The following window will appear Calculate Trend ita x Calculation of the Trend Coefficient The aquifer may be influenced by natural recharge or discharge which will result in a rise or Fall in the hydraulic head By interpolation from hydrographs of the well and the piezometers this natural rise or Fall can be determined for the pumping and recovery periods This information is then used to correct the observed water levels Kruseman and de Ridder Click here to import the data From a file Observation well Begin of measurements Time s Water Level m _ Trend coefficient m s 0 14 Result of t Test Trend is not significant zj Click here to refresh the graph and update the results Corcel Manually enter data in the grid or follow the Click here link above the table to import a file that contains the time vs water level correction data Once loaded into the table the datapoints will be displayed on the graph to the right of the table and the trend coefficient will be calculated The trend significance is determined by a t test statistical analysis Press OK to apply the correction to your data and two new columns will appear in your water levels table Trend Correction and Corrected drawdown used in analyses From this point continue with the analysis For more details please see Chapter 5 Baseline Trend Analysis and Co
240. rcises and Benchmark Tests 7 6 Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction This exercise will demonstrate how to add a barometric correction to the observed drawdown data As with the previous exercise the AquiferTest project has already been created for you The exercise assumes that you are familiar with the AquiferTest interface If not please review Exercise 1 1 Start AquiferTest and select File Open from the main menu or click on the ty Open button in the tool bar 2 Browse to the folder AquiferTest Examples and select the project Barometric hyt 3 Click Open The pumping test consists of one fully penetrating pumping well pumping at 0 001 m3 s for 30 000 s Drawdown is observed at an observation well located 10 meters away 4 Once the project has loaded go to the Analysis tab and take note of the Transmissivity and Storativity values in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel E 5 Return to the Pumping Test tab and click on the button beside the Bar Eff field Bar EFF BE Button Exercise 6 Adding Barometric Correction 285 The following dialog will appear Calculate Barometric Efficiency BE iis E x Calculation of the Barometric Efficiency BE During a pumping test atmospheric pressure changes may affect recorded water levels in a well By calculating a barometric efficiency BE For the aquifer the drawdown data can be corrected for this affect The BE is defined as
241. rcular limit of influence in the end view assumes isotropy in the x z piane MMMM gt C a wt UW end view oe D oe fee lt 4 e ay plan view Figure 3 Early linear flow end view I ice DES side view A t plan view Figure 4 Late pseudoradial flow the circular flow pattern in the plan view assumes isotropy in the horizontal plane Flow phases in horizontal well from KAWECKI 2000 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 10 Slug Test Solution Methods In a slug test a solid slug is lowered into the piezometer instantaneously raising the water level in the piezometer The test can also be conducted in the opposite manner by instantaneously removing a slug or volume of water bail test With the slug test the portion of the aquifer tested for hydraulic conductivity is small compared to a pumping test and is limited to a cylindrical area of small radius r immediately around the well screen AquiferTest provides three slug test analysis methods e Bouwer amp Rice e Hvorslev e Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos 4 10 1 Bouwer Rice Slug Test The Bouwer Rice 1976 slug test is designed to estimate the hydraulic conductivity of an aquifer The solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure water level in well water level at time ginal pi surface at time to t0 t gt to Bouwer Rice
242. rent color shaded map 1 e Contouring and Color Shading Properties 239 darker color shading 0 Transparency will make the color shading non transparent and will hide the underlying site map Intervals frame Specify the range of values to use for the color shading map e lt allows you to specify a color for values that are below less than the Minimum value this is useful if you want to assign a unique color to a threshold cut off value e Minimum specify the color for the minimum value the default minimum value is Auto e Maximum specify the color for the maximum value the default value is Auto e gt allows you to specify a color for values that are above greater than the Maximum this is useful if you want to assign a unique color to a threshold value At the bottom of this dialog you can set the position for the Legend 6 4 Example The following example will illustrate the use of contours in a pumping test 1 Start AquiferTest and open the Confined HYT project located in the Examples directory you may also try creating a drawdown map using the Getting Started example from Chapter 2 2 In this example using a Theis analysis the calculated parameters are T 9 10 E 3 m2 s and S 5 11 E 4 3 Move to the Site Plan tab and click on the Data Series button Pumping Test 1 Scale 1 Minircuirr Ft y Minimum Ft Map Image pevaususnvasy Saawawawanweat Georeference C
243. ried over in new tests The fields in the Units Slug Test and Aquifer Properties frames return to their default values General Info 55 All wells created outside of the slug test change their type to Not Used Any well created in the slug test will have a default type of Test Well gt Sample AquiferTest File Edit view Test Analysis Tools Help NBF AA D Pumping Tests E Slug Test Q water Level P lt Anatysis site Plan Q Reports Example Project information Units Project Name Sample Project Site Plan Dimensions m W Slug Tests oo Project No 12345 Time 5 a Discharge U S gal min x Slug Test 2 Client ABC Transmissivity ft d a Pressure Location Anywhere a Convert existing values Slug Test Aquifer Properties Name Slug Test 2 Thickness m B Wells f Bai Performed by Type Unkown v aa Date 6 27 2011 faa 8er Eff 68 m OwW2 OwW3 E Analyses Name Type x m Y m Elevation ai Benchmark Penetration R m L m b m r m B m Fa New analysis 1 1 PWI Not Used 0 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Ba cr eate a New Analysis 2 Owi Not Used 9 144 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Define analysis time range 3 Ow2 Not Used 60 96 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 00 9144 0 00762 LJ Add comments 4 Jows Not Used 304 8 0 0 0 Fully 0 01524 0 9144 0 00762 Additional tasks Click here to create a new well Import Wells From f
244. rmation lt gt Sample AquiferTest File Edit View Test Analysis Tools Help aB on B EJ Pumping Test Discharge D water Levels Pe Analysis Pumping Tests Example Project information U Project Name Sample Project z Project No 12345 T ABC T Anywhere Wells Well 1 A Well 1 Performed by John Doe T Water level measurements Date amp l24f2011 i E O well 1 nay Analyses The Tests panel will allow you to switch between various pumping and slug tests in the project Units This section will address the issue of units for the project There are 6 combo boxes in the Units frame click on the units list for Site Plan There is a variety of metric and imperial units to choose from simply select the appropriate unit Creating a Pumping Test 17 Define the following units for this sample project Site Plan ft Dimensions ft Time min Discharge US gal min Transmissivity US gal day ft Pressure Pa nits Site Flan ft Dimensions Ft r Time min Discharge Jus gal min Transmissivity Jus galjid Ft Pressure Pa W Convert existing values The Convert existing values checkbox allows you to convert the values to the new units without having to calculate and re enter them manually On the other hand if you created a test with incorrect unit labels you can switch the labels by de selecting the Convert existing values option That way the physical labels will chang
245. rrection To add a Barometric correction you must first enter or calculate the barometric efficiency BE of the aquifer To do so move to the Pumping Test tab and click on the button beside the Bar Eff field Aquifer Properties Thickness m Type Bar EFF BE 6l 62 The following window will appear Calculate Barometric Efficiency BE a J j x Calculation of the Barometric Efficiency BE During a pumping test atmospheric pressure changes may affect recorded water levels in a well By calculating a barometric efficiency BE For the aquifer the drawdown data can be corrected for this affect The BE is defined as the ratio of change in water level in a well to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure The typical range is between 0 20 and 0 75 Click here to import the data From a file Atmospheric Water Level L Pressure m pm 2 3 a4 pP pa 6 a 110 m rem 13 14 Arnos oneck Pressuce m osr 115 Barometric Efficiency NAN ka x Click here to refresh the graph and update the results Manually enter data in the grid or follow the Click here link above the table to import a pressure vs water level data file As the data is imported into the table it is graphically displayed to the right of the table and the barometric efficiency is calculated and displayed below the graph Click OK and the coefficient will appear in the Bar Eff field
246. s e File Import Map Image menu option e Load button in the Site Plan tab of the project Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar 1 Using one of the methods listed a dialog will load in which you can navigate to the appropriate file 2 Select the file then click Open to produce the following dialogue Georeference the Image E o x Image Coordinates The image size is 747 x 495 pixels Please georeference the image with known coordinates Upper right corner w m 4 Y m 495 Lower left corner x m i Y m fo AquiferTest will scan the image for the number of pixels in the image and assign 1 length unit per pixel in the X and Y axis by default 3 To georeference the image enter the coordinates for the map s bottom left and top right corner NOTE If you load an image with a corresponding world file eg TFW then the georeference points will be automatically defined 4 Press OK The map will be loaded in the Site Plan tab of the project For more information on map options and well symbols see Chapter 6 Mapping and Contouring Import Water Levels You can import water level data from an ASCII text file or Excel spreadsheet into your project from three locations e File Import Water Level measurements menu option e Clicking on the Import button in the Water Levels tab of the project e Right clicking on the Water Level table and selecting Import data 1 Using one
247. s FS Cooper amp Jacob I Additional tasks Cooper amp Jacob III Import Wells from file E 4 20 Theis Recovery Create a Pumping Test Time axis Create a Slug Test Drawdown axis Contact Technical Support Diagram Display 5 60 7 00 4 Expand the Time axis and Drawdown axis frames and 1f desired turn on the Chapter 2 Getting Started eridlines i Time axis Show Values Yalue Font Yalue Format ver 00 C i Display 5 Adjust the Max and Min fields in the above mentioned frames by highlighting the value or word Auto in the field and replacing it with a new value so that the graph fits comfortably in the graphing area see the image below for suggested values Your graph should now appear similar to the one shown below Diagnostic Graph analysis Graph gt 1 20 2 40 Drawdown ft 3 60 4 80 6 00 EJ Comments 320 Apply Graph Settings Od m Ez Fhia 640 Time min 960 1280 AA e amp Analysis method Time axis Title Reverse Diagram Drawdown Verdana Display 6 To create a Theis analysis click Analysis Create New Analysis from the Main Creating a Pumping Test 33 Menu bar 7 In the Analysis methods frame of the Analysis Navigator panel choose Theis Analysis method e Time Drawdown Theis Hantush Theis with Jacob Correctio
248. s I Analysis method Time Drawdown Theis Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Boulton Moench Fracture Flow Hantush with Storage Cooper amp Jacob I e Slug Tests I Analysis method Time vs Change in WL Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopu Hvorslev The analysis frame contains all analysis methods available for the current test The available test methods differ for pumping tests and slug tests To select a test method for the analysis simply click on the analysis you wish to use and it will become highlighted in blue To learn more about the analysis methods available in AquiferTest see Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Results In the Analysis Panel there is one Result frame for every data set observation well in the test The values listed in the Results frame vary depending on the analysis used These values can be altered using Parameter Controls as described above Model Assumptions Pumping Tests only This frame lists the assumptions for the analysis you have chosen Constant Fully General Info 75 These assumptions change depending on the selected analysis method and can be altered based on the knowledge of the aquifer in question For example if you conducted a pumping test near a recharge boundary start with a basic Theis analysis if the data is characteristic of a boundary effects then modify the Aquifer Extent
249. s They are used to establish the time period in which you are interested the water level values are irrelevant since you are going to PREDICT them AquiferTest simply requires Water Level data to accompany the Time intervals 50 Click on the i Refresh button in the toolbar to refresh the graph 51 Return to the Analysis tab 52 Check the box beside OW 2 53 Click on the T Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve Time min 73 The calculated values for the Transmissivity and Storativity for OW 2 are different from those for OW 1 since the automatic fit attempted to fit the curve to the dummy values you entered for the drawdown To calculate the predictive drawdown curve you must change the Transmissivity and Storativity values for OW 2 to match those of OW 1 You will assume that the aquifer parameters at OW are the same as those at OW2 Match your Results panel as shown below 278 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 54 Click anywhere on the Results navigation panel to apply the changes The following graph is produced Time min 73 The upper curve is the predicted drawdown in the well at the new coordinates The actual data points for OW 2 have no bearing on the new drawdowns curve The curve is the predicted drawdown that would occur if there were two pumping wells one running at 150 US gal min for 24 hours and another with
250. s derived from storage in the fractures Midway through the pumping process there is a transition period during which the matrix blocks feed their water at an increasing rate to the fractures resulting in a partly stabilized drawdown Later during pumping the pumped water is derived from storage in both the fractures and the matrix blocks Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Leaky In a leaky aquifer the curves at early pumping times follow the Theis curve In the middle of the pumping duration there is more and more water from the aquitard reaching the aquifer At later pumping times all the water pumped is from leakage through the aquitard s and the flow to the well has reached steady state This means that the drawdown in the aquifer stabilizes Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Recharge Boundary When the cone of depression reaches a recharge boundary the drawdown in the well stabilizes The field data curve then begins to deviate more and more from the theoretical Theis curve Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Barrier Impermeable Boundary With a barrier boundary the effect is opposite to that of a recharge boundary When the cone of depression reaches a barrier boundary the drawdown will double The field data curve will then steepen deviating upward from the theoretical Theis curve Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 Analytically this is modelled by an additional pumping well an image well After this phase in which the two drawdowns a
251. s have to be made to fully characterize the pre pumping trends of these activities Osborne 1993 Therefore the user must record water levels near or at the well either before or after the test For example daily water level measurements taken 1 week prior to the test up to the day of the test is a general recommendation from the EPA Using the measured trend data AquiferTest performs a line fit to calculate a trend coefficient The program will also run a t test to see if the trend is significant If significant the data is then corrected based on this trend As an example a trend analysis shows a trend of water levels rising 2cm hr due to surrounding activities During the pumping test for a water level recorded 3 hours after the test begins you need to add 6 cm to the water level measurements in order to conduct a representative analysis of the aquifer If the data trend is already known i e water level fluctuations due to tidal or ebb flows then the trend can be defined using a simple linear time dependent correction For more details see Customized Water Level Trends on page 218 A trend analysis generally involves the following steps 1 Collect baseline trend data time vs water level prior to and after the test measurements should be recorded at a location that will not be influenced by the pumping test activities 2 AquiferTest calculates a baseline trend and trend coefficient AquiferTest calculate
252. s the simple linear regression of the measured values and runs a t test to determine if the trend is significant 3 Apply the trend coefficient to the data collected during the pumping test time vs water level resulting in corrected drawdown measurements 4 Use the corrected drawdown values for the calculation of the aquifer parameters The general formula for trend computation is a polynomial and a function of the time t XT t AA k 0 where k 0 1 2 m Only the linear part of the trend is considered for hydrogeological observations trend of 1st order Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing XT t b bt To calculate by and bj the standard regression analysis is used To check the quality of the trend compare the linear correlation coefficient with tabular values for the t test available in most statistical texts A linear coefficient value is calculated that can be used to calculate corrected drawdown at the observation wells AquiferTest calculates the change in water level based on the trend t Test Student test To check the trend for statistical significance the Pearson correlation coefficient r is calculated as below lS xr ITY IE Ex bore The calculated value of r is compared with the critical value The critical values are available in tabular form in most statistical reference books To calculate the critical value first obtain the value of quantile of the test t a DF There are
253. saturated aquifer thickness S Usable pore volume Type curve properties BI BY x Select a model Function Curve Appearance Theis Color a Black Width E Hantush Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Label Font Horz Position tb 1000 Vertical Position above Curve Y Set the dimensionless curve parameters Description Empirical coefficent set it at 1E9 For instant release of water Fr Typical range 0 001 6 Ratio of S Sy typical range 0 1 0 0001 Bottom of Ov Well use O For Fully penetrating cancel The practical range for the curves are B 0 001 to 4 0 166 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods Boulton Boulton 1963 developed a method for analyzing pumping tests performed in unconfined aquifer isotropic or anisotropic which can be used for both fully or partially penetrating wells _ 2nT H b Sp 1 where H is defined as the average head along the saturated thickness 1 b n D hdz 0 and b the thickness of the saturated zone The simplified solution of Boulton can be used to interpret the data The procedure is as follows e Data from the final stages of the test are fitted to a Theis curve This provides an estimate of T and Sy S e Data from the early stages of the test are fitted to a second Theis curve by keeping T and adjusting S Knowing S one can determine Sy e Knowing S and Sy one can calc
254. se the correct model for your data logger AquiferTest will then load the appropriate data settings for this logger file including the starting row delimiter date format and column locations Simply press the Next gt button to confirm that your file matches the pre defined import settings in AquiferTest If you have previously saved your settings locate them in the Load Import Settings drop down menu If there are no errors in the settings the Import button will be Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Main Menu Bar activated Press the Import button to import the file If there are errors the Import button will not activate and you will need to determine the source of the error by manually going through the six steps Logger File Wizard Step 2 In the second step specify the data delimiter Knowledge of which data delimiter is used by your data logger is not required Under Separators simply click to choose the delimiter options until the data preview becomes separated into columns of date time and water level The correct delimiter when chosen will separate the data columns automatically Logger file Wizard Step 2 of 6 x Separators TAB Semicolon Comma m Space l Others Jw Treat consecutive delimiters as one Logger File Wizard Step 3 In the third step click on the column header representing the Date The word Date will appear in the column header title box The Date format also needs to be s
255. sical Theis 1935 solution When drawdown is plotted versus time on logarithmic paper it tends to delineate an inflected curve consisting of 1 a steep segment at early time 2 a flat segment at intermediate time and 3 a somewhat steeper segment at later time Pumping Test Methods 163 The early segment indicates that some water is released from aquifer storage instantaneously when drawdown increases The intermediate segment suggests an additional source of water which is released from storage with some delay in time When most of the water has been derived from this additional source the time drawdown curve becomes relatively steep again In the groundwater literature this phenomenon has been traditionally referred to as delayed yield Neuman 1979 This solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure Q piezometric surface before start of pumping a piezometric surface after start of pumping S Z l equipotential oe i e aquifer fT ee ee aquiclude The equation developed by Neuman representing drawdown in an unconfined aquifer is given by 2 a s aoe Wf uas Hgs D where W u Up B is known as the unconfined well function UA r S 4Tt Type A curve for early time Up ro 4Tt Type B curve for later time B 7 K D K K K vertical and or horizontal permeability Sy Specific Yield usable pore volume The value of the horizontal hydraulic conductivi
256. slev StepTest HYT Variable Rate Pumping Test Theis CooperJacob H YT Confined Aquifer Theis Analysis but using a straight line method similar to a Cooper Jacob analysis Moench Fracture Skin HYT Fracture flow fully penetrating wells Hantush Bierschenk H YT Hantush Bierschenk Well Loss solution Hantush Storage HYT Leaky Aquifer Hantush with storage method Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests Index Agarwal recovery analysis theory 183 Agarwal Skin 161 analysis menu 102 create analysis 102 Analysis parameter controls lock feature 128 Analysis Plots and Options 122 Analysis Statistics 106 automatic curve fit 2 125 bail test theory 197 202 Barometric Efficiency BE Calculating from Observed Data 223 Barometric Trends Theory 221 Barrier Boundary 136 Boulton 167 Boundary Effects 133 Bouwer Rice analysis theory 197 Clonts amp Ramey 194 confined aquifer radial flow 141 Contouring Color map properties 239 Example 240 Grid Density 236 Properties 238 Selecting Data Series 236 Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos analysis theory 205 Cooper Jacob Distance Drawdown Method 148 Time Distance Drawdown Method 149 Time Drawdown Method 147 Cooper Jacob Method 146 coordinate system setting the reference datum 29 93 Correct Observed Drawdown Data for Barometric Effects 225 create analysis 31 102 pumping test 100 slug test 37 101 create analysis 102 Create Analysis Considering Well Effects 102 Create
257. solutions e Universal Data Logger Import utility supports a wide variety of column delimiters and file layouts e Support for Level Loggers and Diver Dataloggers e Import well locations and geometry from an ASCII file e Import water level data from text or Excel format e Windows clipboard support for cutting and pasting of data into grids and output graphics directly into your project report e Site map support for dxf files and bitmap bmp images e Contouring of drawdown data e Dockable customizable tool bar and navigation panels e Numerous short cut keys to speed program navigation AquiferTest provides a flexible user friendly environment that will allow you to become more efficient in your aquifer testing projects Data can be directly entered in AquiferTest via the keyboard imported from a Microsoft Excel workbook file or imported from any data logger file Gn ASCII format Test data can also be inserted from a Windows text editor spreadsheet or database by cutting and pasting through the clipboard Automatic type curve fitting to a data set can be performed for standard graphical solution methods in AquiferTest However you are encouraged to use your professional judgement to validate the graphical match based on your knowledge of the geologic and hydrogeologic setting of the test To easily refine the curve fit you can manually fit the data to a type curve using the parameter controls With AquiferTest you can
258. t 18 load import settings data logger 90 manual curve fit 2 127 Map properties 234 Mapping and Contouring Options 231 Maps Load Image 232 Modifying Trend Corrections 228 Moench Fracture Flow 174 multiple pumping wells 132 Neuman 163 Partially Penetrating Wells 138 program options 107 project units 17 38 pumping test create 100 radial flow confined aquifer 141 Recharge Boundary 135 reference datum setting the reference datum 29 93 references 6 211 316 save graph settings 70 Scatter Plot 100 Skin Effects 161 slug test create 37 101 create analysis 41 theory 197 202 software requirements 4 specific capacity theory 187 steptest analysis time discharge data format 131 superposition multiple pumping wells 132 variable discharge rates 131 system requirements 4 test menu 100 create pumping test 100 create slug test 101 Theis Recovery Test confined 143 Theis with Jacob Correction 161 theory of superposition 130 Tools Menu 107 Trend Analysis Theory 216 t Test Student test 217 Type Curves Automatic 80 units project 17 38 Using Effective Well Radius 182 variable pumping rate data 131 Vertical Anisotropy 138 view menu 98 well importing wells 18 well performance analysis specific capacity 188 Wellbore storage 161 Index
259. t t cee e The expression of the recovery drawdown in this case is identical to the Cooper Jacob expression if one replaces the usual time by the equivalent Agarwal time te In the case of n successive pumping periods with constant rate q for t O to t t constant rate q for t t to to etc the same result is obtained s4 m 47t 4 aT rs J with an equivalent Agarwal time defined by Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods with t O and q 0 and t the time since the beginning of the recovery An example of a Agarwal Recovery analysis graph has been included below Rise since Pumping Stepped m lol o In this example only the recovery data is displayed An example of an Agarwal recovery solution is available in the project AquiferTest Examples A garwal Recovery HYT The data requirements for the Recovery Solution are e Recovery vs time data at a pumping or observation well e Distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate and duration The Recovery solution can be applied to any standard pumping test method You must enter the pumping duration in the Discharge tab and specify the pumping rate as variable If you entered measurements since the beginning of pumping select the Recovery Period only option to analyze only the data recorded after pumping was stopped This check box is located directly above the Analysis graph You may enter recovery data only in
260. t the dimensionless curve parameters Parameter Yalue Description Sigma 0 01 Ratio of S Sy typical range 0 1 0 0001 Phi 2 Phi typical range between 0 01 and 3 cme 4 7 9 Fracture Flow Double Porosity Groundwater flow in a fractured medium can be extremely complex therefore conventional pumping test solutions methods that require porous flow conditions are not applicable One approach is to model the aquifer as a series of porous low permeability matrix blocks separated by hydraulically connected fractures of high permeability the dual porosity approach In this case block to fracture flow can be either pseudo steady state or transient Pumping Test Methods 169 170 The solutions are appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure where the aquifer is confined and D is the thickness of the saturated zone Piezometric surface Piezometric surface l before start of pumpin after start of pumping i r pumping Observation well aquifer L Gravel pack aquiclude If the system is treated as an equivalent porous medium there is no flow between blocks and fractures Groundwater travels only in the fractures around the blocks In this sense the porosity is the ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume Where there is flow from the blocks to the fractures the fractured rock mass 1s assumed to consist of two interacting and overlapping continua a continuum of low perme
261. t to the desired values they can be locked for use in predictive analyses by pressing on the 2 Lock icon beside the values The value becomes locked and the icon changes to e When a parameter is locked it will not be modified during an automatic fit To unlock the parameter simply click on the lock button again 71 12 The tabs at the top of the window are used to switch between the wells Right clicking anywhere in the dialog will allow you to switch to a View by Parameter view of the dialog View by Wells e View by Parameter Parameter x Tin s 5 CED Sp S D iseme oe F High r High Now you can manipulate the parameter in both wells at the same time The tabs at the top of the window are used to switch between parameters This feature is useful is you wish to set a parameter to the same value in both wells Show Family of Type Curves Click the Show Hide Family of Type Curves button to load a pre defined set of Type Curves for certain analyses See Chapter 3 Automatic Type Curves for more details Derivate Smoothing Settings Click the Derivate Settings button to load the input for the Derivative Smoothing options See Chapter 3 Derivative Analysis for more details Scatter Diagram Click the Scatter Diagram button to load a scatter diagram of the current fit The diagram plots the observed drawdown values X axis against the calculated drawdown values Y axis providing a visual re
262. ta points please see Exclude on page 69 Define Analysis Time Range Defining an analysis time range will restrict AquiferTest to performing calculations using only data points that fall within the defined boundaries The points that fall outside these boundaries will neither be displayed on the graph nor be considered in the analysis To define the time range for an analysis select Define analysis time range from the Project Navigator panel to the left of the analysis graph In the window that appears select the type of range you wish to impose on your data and enter the bounding values Click OK to implement the changes and return to the analysis graph Perform an Automatic fit on the modified dataset Points not within the time range will be temporarily hidden from the graph For more information on defining analysis time range please see Define analysis time range on page 49 4 3 2 Manual Curve Fitting The Automatic Fit may not always yield the most appropriate curve match and as such you can use a manual curve fit Your professional judgement is essential for the proper assessment of the AquiferTest data You are encouraged to use your knowledge of the local geologic and hydrogeologic settings of the test to manually fit the data to a type curve Analysis Parameters 127 128 For the manual adjustment of the parameters there are several options e Enter new parameter values manually in the fields in the Res
263. tal well exercise References Theis Hantush Neuman Boulton Agarwal skin Time Drawdown Theis with Jacob Correction Papadopulos amp Cooper Double Porosity Moench Fracture Flow Hantush with Storage Cooper amp Jacob I Cooper amp Jacob II Cooper amp Jacob III Theis Recovery Results PW T nd 5 Kv Kh 2 00E3 1 05E 4 1 00E 1 Model Assumptions Time axis Discharge Constant Title Title Font Srala Time Lanarikhra iz Clonts M D and H J Ramey 1986 Pressure transient analysis for wells with horizontal drainholes Paper SPE 15116 Society of Petroleum Engineer Dallas TX Daviau F Mouronval G Bourdaor G and P Curutchet 1988 Pressure Analysis for Horizontal Wells SPE Formation Evaluation December 1988 716 724 Paper SPE 1425 Society of Petroleum Engineer Dallas TX Kawecki M W 2000 Transient flow to a horizontal water well Ground Water 38 6 842 850 Exercise 10 Horizontal Wells 307 7 11 Exercise 11 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects 308 This tutorial provides an example of the Agarwal 1970 pumping test analysis method for wellbore storage and skin effects For more general information on this solution please refer to Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects Agarwal 1970 on page 161 A 15 day constant rate 2592 m d pumping test was performed in a confined aquifer underlain by an impermeable
264. te a new project 2 Complete the fields in the pumping test tab as follows Project Information frame e Project Name Exercise 4 e Project No 4 e Client ABC e Location Your Town Pumping Test frame e Pumping Test Theis Multiple Pumping Wells e Performed by Your Name e Date filled in automatically Units frame e Site Plan ft e Dimensions ft e Time min e Discharge US gal min e Transmissivity ft7 d Aquifer Properties frame e Thickness 40 e Aquifer Type Unknown 3 In the Wells table complete the following information for the first pumping well Well 1 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 4 5 6 7 e Name Water Supply 1 e Type Pumping Well e X 350 e Y 450 e L 50 e r 0 25 e R 0 3 Next create two additional wells Click Click here to create a new well to add a new pumping well Well 2 e Name Water Supply 2 e Type Not Used this pumping well will be activated later in the exercise e X 350 e Y 100 e L 50 e r 0 25 e R 0 3 Click Click here to create a new well to add a new observation well Well 3 e Name OW 1 e Type Observation Well e X 350 e Y 250 e L 50 e r 0 05 e R 0 06 Click on the Discharge tab Select Water Supply 1 from the well list Select Variable in the Discharge frame Enter following values in the Discharge Table Time Discharge 1440 150 ischarge LI 5 gal min Constant Variab
265. ter Services Pumping Te ctanalydc Report New analysis 1 460 Philip St Suite 101 Prolecl Example 1 Waterloo Ontario Analysis Table eron Number 1 y N2L 5J2 Client ABC Location WWakiloo Onkalo Canasta Pumping Test Example 1 Thels Analysis Pumping Vvell Yell 1 Teri Comdiuckd by Clits Bogdon Tesi Dak 241 200s e Analysis Perbemed by New analysis 1 Analysis Dak 2411 208 Print Aqui r Thichess 48 007 Discharge Rak 220 U 5 gamin e Time p 1 1 1 wl g 3 i 3 i 1 a pi i 100 yowi Cacualon ater Thels Obrematon Vell Traci sid ly Hydraadic Shrage coeticien Ralla Dis lance bo Comiuciuly Pw Ru ima m owi 1 32 x 10 276x10 209x10 8240 You can define your company information and logo under Tools Options Click on the Print button in the tool bar or select File Print from the main menu Save your project by selecting File Save As and define a project name Example 1 This concludes the exercise on the Theis analysis In the next exercise you will analyze data using a method You have a choice of exiting AquiferTest or continuing on to the next exercise Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 2 Exercise 2 Leaky Aquifer Hantush Jacob Analysis This exerc
266. terporosity flow coefficient typical range 0 0001 5 Dimensionless fracture skin Dimensionless Distance r rw gt 1 The dimensionless parameters are defined below Sigma must be gt 1 Gamma Interporosity flow coefficient typical range 0 0001 5 Dimensionless Distance typical value gt 1 1 OR Dimensionless fracture skin Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 7 10 Single Well Analysis with Well Effects Measuring Drawdown in the Well Quite often project budget restrictions prevent the installation of an observation well or piezometer at the site As such the pumping test must be conducted with a single pumping well and the drawdown measurements must be observed at this well The drawdown in the pumping well is affected however not only by the aquifer characteristics but also influenced by the following factors e Well storage e Well Skin effects e Well Losses With a single well analysis the storage coefficient may not be determined or the value that is calculated may not accurately and reliably represent the actual site conditions When doing a single well analysis it is recommended to use a solution method that accounts for well bore storage The Papadopulos Cooper method available in AquiferTest accounts for these well effects 4 7 11 Large Diameter Wells with WellBore Storage Papadopulos Cooper Standard methods of aquifer data analysis assume storage in the well is negligible howev
267. test e Create a New Analysis e creates a new analysis for the current test e Define analysis time range e allows you to select a time range for the current analysis instead of using an entire dataset in case some data points are unusable for the curve fit Clicking on this link will produce the following dialog Analysis Time Limit a xj Time Limit Data to Include min Al Before C After Between and Cancel In this dialog specify the time range that contains the data that you wish to INCLUDE in the analysis General Info 49 50 e Add comments e allows you to add comments about the current analysis Additional tasks Provides links to some of the most commonly used features of AquiferTest e Import wells from file e allows you to import well data from an Excel or a Text file Clicking on this link will initiate the same process as selecting File Import Import Wells from file from the Main menu For more details see page 85 e Create a pumping test e allows you to create a new pumping test in the project e Create a slug test e allows you to create a new slug test in the project e Contact technical support e displays information on how registered users can contact WHI technical support 3 1 2 Data Entry and Analysis Tabs The data entry and analysis window is organized into five or six tabs depending on the type of test used A pumping test has the following tabs
268. the ratio of change in water level in a well to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure The typical range is between 0 20 and 0 75 Click here to import the data From a file Atmospheric Water Level i Pressure m 14 Demos oneck Press ure moar Barometric Efficiency NAN x Click here to refresh the graph and update the results eu 6 Click on the Click here link above the table and browse to the folder AquiferTest mportFiles and locate the file press vs wl txt which contains the pressure and water level data This data was collected before the test 7 Click Open to import the file Calculate Barometric Efficiency BE te Tal xj Calculation of the Barometric Efficiency BE During a pumping test atmospheric pressure changes may affect recorded water levels in a well By calculating a barometric efficiency BE For the aquifer the drawdown data can be corrected for this affect The BE is defined as the ratio of change in water level in a well to the corresponding change in atmospheric pressure The typical range is between 0 20 and 0 75 Click here to import the data From a file Atmospheric a Pressure Pa m SRR 10 02497185 2 100125 1224 9 992344957 la 99991 8 10 00050168 la 100258 4448 9 984168235 Is 100525 0896 9 967874791 le 100391 7672 9 976031513 lz 100258 4448 9 984168235 la 98925 2208 10 06575546 lo 99125 2044 10 05352037 10 9
269. the same pumping rate but for only 12 hours You can see that the drawdown at OW 2 is less than that observed at OW 1 This occurs because OW 2 is located further away from the pumping wells so the effect is not as pronounced 55 Print the desired reports by selecting the Reports tab and checking the boxes Exercise 4 Confined Aquifer Multiple Pumping Wells 279 280 beside the reports you wish to print 56 Click on the f Print button in the tool bar or select File Print from the main menu 57 Save your project by clicking on the fa Save icon or selecting File Save as from the main menu This concludes the exercise The next exercise deals with using data corrections a new feature of AquiferTest You have a choice of exiting the program or to proceed to the next exercise Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 5 Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction This exercise demonstrates the Data Trend Correction feature in AquiferTest The AquiferTest project for this exercise is already created the exercise deals specifically with the aspect of adding a data trend correction to the drawdown values For more information on the trend correction please see Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing 1 Start AquiferTest and select File Open from the main menu or click on the ta Open button in the tool bar 2 Browse to the folder AquiferTest Examples and select the project TrendEffects hyt 3 Click Op
270. this window Define the following well parameters for this well e Name PW1 e Type Pumping Well e X m 0 e Y m 0 e Penetration Fully Exercise 10 Horizontal Wells 303 304 e R ml 0 075 e Lim 75 e b m 50 e Horizontal Checked e Direction 90 Your window should look similar to the one shown below Projet funda Uri Propect Name Eerie 10 Ste Pian rn x means re x Project Ma fia Time min ae fera here aur Tiare mid Presume ra Location TEN FF Convert existing veker p Fumi Tet Alor Proger Mare Planes and Fiar Anadis Thanas in 00 Preformed by hrie Type confined p Bar EFF sba amma ne Type X m t m Gerwation a Bsnchmark Penetration amp m t m b m e m fm 1 PRanparag Wir i Puy Ls sa Next you will assign the discharge record to the pumping well 4 Click the Discharge tab at the top of the data input window Ensure that the PW 1 well is highlighted 5 Choose a Constant pumping rate of 1536 m3 day pbiechange in Vid m aitant 1500 i Variabii Next you will assign water levels to the pumping well 6 Select the Water Levels tab 7 In the Static WL m field type 0 8 In the Measurement point m field type O You will now import water level information in the Time Water Level TOC format 9 Select File gt Import gt Water Level Measurements from the main menu 10 Browse to the ImportF
271. ting from t 0 Q pumping rate at pumping stage 1 n number of pumping stages The drawdown at the time t corresponds to the drawdown caused by the initial pumping rate plus the sum of all drawdowns caused by the change of pumping rate For more information please refer to Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 p 181 Entering Variable Discharge Rates Ensure you have the time discharge data formatted correctly when using a variable pumping rate analysis The sample table below illustrates the pumping time and discharge rates for a pumping test Time min Discharge m d 180 1306 360 1693 540 2423 720 3261 900 4094 1080 5019 Theory of Superposition 131 When you enter time discharge data in AquiferTest your first entry is the initial pumping rate Using the table above as an example the pumping rate from 0 180 minutes was 1306 m day The second pumping rate from 180 360 minutes was 1693 m day and so on For your convenience the figure below has been included to demonstrate the correct data format in the Discharge tab Time Discharge Time s Discharge 4 1 E 1306 360 1693 540 2423 720 3261 4 5 300 4094 6 1080 5019 7 8 200 800 1 21 Time s Be sure to select Variable discharge type from the Model assumptions frame in the Analysis Navigator pa
272. titude For most places on Earth the value is 9 82 m s However if you are close to the equator the value decreases to 9 78 m s whereas close to the poles North or South it is about 9 83 m s The density of water p is a function of the temperature At 10 C the value is 999 7 kg m gt However for heated thermal water or water with solute minerals a correction of this value may be necessary The default value for y used in AquiferTest is 9807 057 N m3 To calculate the change of water level in an aquifer caused by the atmospheric pressure change alone rearrange the formula for the BE to get Barometric Trend Analysis and Correction 221 222 _ BEAp 4 Ah The Barometric Efficiency BE may be entered directly into AquiferTest in the Pumping Test tab or may be calculated To calculate the BE value the user must provide pressure vs water level data recorded from a well near the test site before or after the test Once the BE is known the measured drawdown can be corrected To do so the user must provide time vs pressure data recorded DURING the pumping test It is possible that the atmospheric pressure measurements are not recorded at the same point in time as the drawdown measurements In this case AquiferTest uses linear interpolation between the next available pressure value to modify the original data An example is illustrated below 100200 100000 99800 99600 Vaterlevel E p a
273. tly entered in the field or may be calculated from observed time pressure data For more details see Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing In addition well names coordinates elevations and geometry is entered in this window XY coordinates are required as they are used to calculate the radial distance to the pumping well Well geometry values r R L b are necessary only for certain solution methods If the option use r w is selected then values for n gravel pack porosity must be defined All wells are available for the entire project 1 e within the file for several pumping slug tests However the Type attribute refers only to the current pumping slug test Slug Test Tab The slug test panel contains the same fields for the project units test aquifer wells and site information as does the pumping test panel Discharge Tab Pumping Test only This panel allows the user to specify the discharge rates for each pumping well Discharge rates may be constant or variable For variable pumping rates the measured rates are entered into the table and are plotted automatically on the corresponding graph window on the right AquiferTest interprets the numerical data as the end of the About the Interface 9 10 respective pumping stage Therefore there is no need to enter a pumping rate at time 0 simply enter the rate at the end of the interval For example Time s Discharge GPM 2000 100 3500 200 4500 150 The
274. to the Analysis tab 14 Click on the GR Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve Take note of the new aquifer parameter values In this example the values are Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction 283 284 unchanged since the change in drawdown due to the trend is very slight T U S gal 2 30E 3 15 A Trend report may be printed from the Water Level branch of the navigator tree in the Reports tab This report will display the trend data with corresponding graph and the t test statistics An example is shown below Select Printouts Site Map Wells m Water Level Data Well 2 yi Trend Analysis _ Analysis Graphs New analysis 1 Analysis Table Print preview Page x Previouspage Jl Next page Schlumberger Water Services Pumping Te st Trend Analyde Waterloo Ontario N2L 52 nr O Location Pumping Tesi Pumping Test 1 Pumping Yell vvell 1 Tes Conducted by Discharge valable average rak 0 001 m s Obsematon Vvell vvell 2 Begin ofmearurement Trem coeticleni 2 5867 init Tes Resul Trend Is signiicant Comidence hkra tr HTes i 95 es 2 1S Chica vValue 0 30439558 exson Corelalon Coeticient 0 72559579 Water Level m Waker Level im 8 3 This completes the exercise You may now exit AquiferTest or proceed to the barometric correction exercise Chapter 7 Demonstration Exe
275. ts for the Theis solution are e Drawdown vs time at an observation well or from the pumping well e Finite distance from the pumping well to observation well e Pumping rate The Theis solution can be used as either a single well solution or in combination with drawdown data from an observation well If used as a single well solution the pumping well is used as the discharge well and as the observation point at which drawdown measurements were taken However the user should be aware of well effects when analyzing a single well solution Dimensionless Parameters Dimensionless parameters are required for the type curves in the Dimesionless view For the Theis method no additional parameters are required Theis Straight Line Analysis The Theis analysis can also be done using a semi log straight line analysis similar to the Cooper Jacob analysis An example is shown below 154 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 1 it 10D 10ED ST T 2 40 A Se el CSS 4 20 a EN A E N A N A 7 2D ks He Nl 1B 2D D mT E Bo Well 2 Drawdown ft In this example the time data is plotted on a logarithmic axis and the drawdown axis is linear 4 7 4 Leaky Hantush Jacob Walton Most confined aquifers are not totally isolated from sources of vertical recharge Less permeable layers either above or below the aquifer can leak water into the aquifer under pumping conditions Walton developed a method of solution for pumping tests
276. two required parameters a confidence interval DF degrees of freedom which is n 2 n number of data points The formula to calculate ty pp 1s complex and is not illustrated in this manual The confidence interval can be defined in AquiferTest in the main menu under Tools Options and under the Constants tab The default value is 95 To obtain the critical value ry pp the formula from Sachs 1974 is used ly DF r a DF 9 i pee Baseline Trend Analysis and Correction 217 If the absolute value of the Pearson coefficient r is GREATER than the critical value ra pp then the trend is SIGNIFICANT If the absolute value of the Pearson coefficient r is LESS than the critical value Ty pp then the trend is NOT SIGNIFICANT Reference Langguth amp Voigt 1980 413 ff Example An example demonstrating a data trend analysis is available in Chapter 7 Exercise 5 Adding Data Trend Correction 5 2 Customized Water Level Trends AquiferTest provides the option to create a user defined correction factor and apply this to the observed drawdown data In confined and leaky aquifers rhythmic fluctuations of the hydraulic head may be due to the influence of tides or river level fluctuations or to rhythmic variations in the atmospheric pressure In unconfined aquifers whose water tables are close to the surface diurnal fluctuations of the water table can be significant because of the great difference betw
277. ty can be determined from 164 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods T K D The value of the vertical hydraulic conductivity can be determined from D K K P fa r Two sets of curves are used Type A curves are good for early drawdown data when water is released from elastic storage Type B curves are good for later drawdown data when the effects of gravity drainage become more significant The two portions of the type curves are illustrated in the following figure g g a b a hh i ee i i S g Orewa mien B a i Type A Storativity 5 Type B Specific Yield Sy In this example the dimensionless view is shown An example of a Neuman analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples PartiallyPenetratingWells HYT The data requirements for the Neuman Solution are e Drawdown vs time data at an observation well e Distance from the pumping well to the observation well e Pumping rate Dimensionless Parameters The dimensionless parameters are defined as follows Pumping Test Methods 165 The following factors can be defined in the Type curve options window for the Neuman method 5 B a DS r z y Z D o D g Gamma a Empirical constant for the drainage from the unconfined zone T 1 Sigma typical range is 0 0001 0 1 where K vertical hydraulic permeability K horizontal hydraulic permeability rp dimensionless distance r distance to observation well D
278. type High K Butler notice that this name now appears in the Analyses frame of the Project Navigator Panel 15 From the Analysis Method frame of the Analysis Navigator panel choose Butler High K I Analysis method Time vs Change in WL Cooper Bredehoeft Papadopulos Hyvorsley Bouwer amp Rice 16 Set the Min and Max values for both axes so that the graph fits comfortably on the page 17 Click on the Exercise 8 High K Butler Method Gp Fit Automatic Fit icon to fit the data to the type curve 297 Time s 0 5 10 15 20 25 Normalized Head m iw lt J w 18 If you are not satisfied with the fit of the line use Parameter Controls to adjust it 19 Once you are finished the result in the Results frame of the Analysis Navigator panel should display the calculated conductivity value K 8 36E 1 ft d 83 ft day 298 Chapter 7 Demonstration Exercises and Benchmark Tests 7 9 Exercise 9 Derivative Smoothing This exercise will demonstrate how to use derivative analysis tool to help in identifying aquifer conditions and type curve matching The AquiferTest project have already been created for you the exercise assumes that you are familiar with the AquiferTest interface If not please review Exercise 1 1 Start AquiferTest and select File Open from the main menu or click on the ty Open button in the tool bar 2 Browse to the folder AquiferTest gt Examples and
279. ug tests for the current project Assign descriptive names to each test to allows for easy recognition Pumping Tests Pumping Test Location 4 Pumping Test Location E Slug Tests Slug Test Bail Test Slug Test Location C Wells This frame lists all the wells that are present in the project Clicking on a well will activate the first tab of the current test and highlight the row that contains this well in the wells grid Wells Pull yy Oye Cys Py Discharge Rates This frame lists all the PUMPING wells used in the current test Clicking on the well in this frame will activate the Discharge tab of the current test applicable to pumping tests only Discharge rates Pi 1 PW 2 Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar Water level measurements This frame lists all the wells pumping and observation used in the current test Clicking on the well in this frame will open the Water Levels tab of the current test i Water level measurements POPw 1 FOPw 2 Mow 1 Mow 2 Analyses This frame lists the analyses that have been done for the current test Clicking on an analysis in this frame will open the Analysis tab of the current test Analyses gt lt Theis multiple pumping wells Se Time Drawdown Theis gl Create a New Analysis Define analysis time ramge toy Add comments The Analyses frame also contains links to some of the more common functions used in a
280. ulate o and adjust the Boulton type curve The only remaining unknown being 6 from which q can be obtained This later part is not of main interest as is an empirical parameter without a clear physical signification The following image displays the Boulton 1963 type curves for a constant o Pumping Test Methods 167 a 0 01 0 0 An example of a Boulton analysis is shown below 01 0 10 1 00 10 00 100 00 1000 00 10000 00 ko wat t PIE ANT 168 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods An example of a Boulton analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Boulton HYT Dimensionless Parameters The dimensionless parameters are defined as follows ors T S o S a Empirical constant for the drainage from the unconfined zone T 1 Sigma typical range is 0 0001 0 1 Phi typical range is 0 01 3 The following factors can be defined in the Type curve options window for the Boulton Type curve properties ia a x Select a model function Curve Appearance Theis Color Black Width fb Hantush a Theis with Jacob Correction Style solid Neuman Papadopulos amp Cooper o Double Porosit Label TOREN Horz Position tD 1000 Vertical Position above curve Se
281. ults panel e Use the Parameter Controls The Parameter Controls window can be loaded by clicking on the ij Parameter Controls button or by selecting View Analysis Parameters T U S galfd Ft 5 sae Ql sen 3 Qi High High Use the options here to modify the parameter values and achieve the optimal curve fit In the parameter controls there are several options e Enter new parameter values manually in their respective fields e Adjust the parameter values up down using the slider controls e If the cursor is in the input field the parameter can be adjusted by the use of the keyboard arrow keys up will increase the value down will decrease the value division and or multiplication by a default factor 1 5 e Use the up down buttons adjacent to each respective parameter field The parameters can become fixed by clicking the lock button by locking a parameter the value will remain constant the next time an automatic fit is applied When the parameter is locked the icon will appear as follows ES Using this feature you can lock in a certain curve shape and then use the Autofit option and see the resulting drawdown You can also lock parameters for use in e Predicting drawdown at other locations e Fixing known parameter ratios e g P value for Boundary barrier e Fixing known parameter values e g Lambda for Double Porosity solution When a parameter is not locked the icon will app
282. umed that the water moves from matrix block to fracture not from block to block or fracture to block the matrix block serves only as a source of water Therefore the flow equation in the matrix is defined as qa ch Ot a Ss It is often assumed that the flow rate between the matrix and the fractures is proportional to the conductivity of the matrix and to the hydraulic head differences between the two systems qa ak h h a is a parameter that is dependent on the geometry of the matrix blocks it has units of L inverse of the square length and is defined as Pumping Test Methods 171 with A Surface of the matrix block V Matrix volume l characteristic block length At the beginning of the pumping test the water is pumped from storage in the fracture system the matrix blocks does not affect the flow Midway through the flow to the well is augmented by water released from the matrix while the drawdown in the matrix is small compared to drawdown in the fractures Towards the end of pumping the drawdown in the matrix approaches the drawdown in the fractures and the aquifer behaves like a single porosity aquifer with the combined property of the matrix and the fractures 1 e the drawdown follows the Theis curve An example of a Warren Root Double Porosity analysis graph has been included below
283. umptions From AGARWAL Thei Use the Analysis panel to modify the assumptions or click h 26 A following message will appear No Discharge pernod specified use varaible rate The recovery test requires that you define the time when the pumping stopped To do this use the variable discharge rate option as described below 27 Return to the Discharge tab 28 Select Variable in the Discharge frame 29 For this pumping test the pump was shut off after 30 000 s In the first cells of the Time and Discharge columns type in 30000 and 0 0015 respectively ischarge m s Constant amp Variable Time 5 Discharge 4 1 30000 d aqz Zia 30 Return to the Analysis tab 31 You can see that the graph has refreshed displaying only the recovery portion of Exercise 3 Recovery Data Analysis Agarwal Solution 265 the data Equtaknt Time 2000 10000 l a i e 20 Rise since Pumping Stopped m a 32 Change the Scale of the Time axis to logarithm 33 Press the Fit button to perform autofit to the data BH Drawdown m E 34 The data and the curve fit quite well together however if you wish you can use the Parameter Controls to manually adjust the curve fit 35 The calculated parameter values should be similar to the following Transmissivity 5 01 E 4 m2 s Storativity 1 17 E 5 36 Print the desired reports by selecting
284. ure illustrates the mechanics of a slug test water level in well water level at time at time to t 0 ti r l oO j original piezometric surface m ee E aquiclude aquifer aquiclude Hvorslev defined the time lag T the time required for the initial pressure change induced by the injection extraction to dissipate assuming a constant flow rate as yr gt T E FK where r is the effective radius of the piezometer F is a shape factor that depends on the dimensions of the piezometer intake see Hvorslev 1951 for an explanation of shape factors 202 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods K is the bulk hydraulic conductivity within the radius of influence Substituting the time lag into the initial equation results in the following solution mr ime kaa FT where h is the displacement as a function of time h is initial displacement The field data are plotted with log h h on the Y axis and time on the X axis The value of 7 is taken as the time which corresponds to A h 0 37 and K is determined from the equation above Hvorslev evaluated F for the most common piezometers where the length of the intake is greater than eight times the screen radius and produced the following general solution for K r loiL R Ps ee eu x where Lis the screen length R is the radius of the well including the gravel pack Tz is the time lag when h hg 0 37 The effective piezometer
285. urys logger txt er 09 00 05 00 5 20 2004 09 07 05 00 5 20 2004 09 02 05 00 5 20 2004 09 03 05 00 5 20 2004 09 04 05 00 5 20 2004 09 05 05 00 5 20 2004 09 06 05 00 5 20 2004 09 07 05 00 5 20 2004 09 08 05 00 oo 4 M oh E w W Previous ext Import NOTE The Load Import Settings allows you to load the settings specified during a previous import session Click Next 7 Step 2 will appear which allows you to specify the delimiter ensure TAB is selected Click Next Creating a Pumping Test 28 Logger file Wizard Step 27 of 6 Semicolon Comma i Space Others E 9 01 05 9 02 05 8 Step 3 will appear which allows you to specify which column contains the Date and the Date format Click on the column header which contains the Date data i e the first column in the example below Logger file Wizard Step 3 of 6 f E x Click on Column with the CASTE Preview Date format miiy Cancel Previous impart Click Next 9 Step 4 will appear which allows you to specify the Time column Click on the column that contains the Time data i e the second column in the example below Click Next Chapter 2 Getting Started Logger file Wizard Step 4 of 6 A i x Click on Column with the TIME Preview Cancel Previous import 10 Step 5 will appear which allows you to specify the Depth to water level WL column and also to s
286. us the labels will be e the Delete Background check box allows you to show hide the background box around the label This feature is helpful if you want to read the labels on top of a map or the color shading e Font select the label font size style and color Intervals frame Under the Intervals frame specify the range of values for the contour lines e Minimum specify the minimum value for the contour line Auto is the default e Maximum specify the maximum value for the contour line Auto is the default e Distance set the value for the interval between the contour lines The smaller the Distance value the more numerous and closer the contour lines will be 6 3 2 Color Shading tab Map Appearance E x Show color shading Transparency a4 feo Intervals m Minimum Maximum z Auto Auto gt Legend Bottom r we not The Show Color shading check box allows you to show hide the color shaded map The same function is performed by clicking the Color Shading check box in the Map Properties frame of the Site Plan tab The Transparency value is used only when there is a site map image in the background and you want to display the color shading on top A higher Transparency value will result in a more transparent color shaded map allowing you to view the map layer below 100 Transparency will make the color shading completely transparent A lower Transparency value will result in a less transpa
287. vel AMSL Time Water Level Bench The source file may contain a header in the first or second row AquiferTest will ignore this during the import AquiferTest will not convert data from different units during the import If the units in the source file are different from that defined in the current pumping slug Chapter 3 General Info and Main Menu Bar test you can either change the units later or ensure they are properly defined before importing Import Data Logger File You can import a data logger file into your project from three locations e File Import Data Logger File menu option e By selecting Import Data Logger File from the Import drop down menu in the Water Levels tab of the project e Right clicking on the Time Water Levels table and selecting Import Data Logger File 1 Using one of the methods listed a dialog will load in which you can navigate to the appropriate file 2 Select the file then click Open to launch the six step data logger wizard described below AquiferTest supports the following formats e Generic Text TXT ASC e Level Logger LEV e Level Logger F Series Feet e Level Logger M Series Meters e Level amp Temperature Logger F Series Feet e Level amp Temperature Logger M Series Meters e Level Loader Feet e Level Loader Meters e Diver Datalogger MON e Baro Diver 14 e Cera Diver 16 e CTD Diver ceramic 12 e CTD Diver stainless steel 9 e Muini Diver
288. w followed by descriptions of the different sections Menu Navigation Tabs Bar KLiP umpigie AquiforToxt Hak Edi View Test Anyi Tour Hap Toolbar SES Pumping Taata E mang Tea Bh changa G wA Larrai vm c Reporte Hupi Punigarey Wels Poke nora Lira s Project iio Tra f schange maje Navigator Te iere Rid w Prebha By Panels ee Aqua er Propertii weh Treckrgas m m Linacre a Er EH BE E Ehrat i Benchi Penatranan i fm tim biraj rpa Data Entry 4 TAZ SAna Ek hene bameote a new real Theni rralde ppr eel p a p H e a Tree Deika Thais Pgh Create Mii Anaka Thiene anapi Um ragi Status Bar The AquiferTest Interface is composed of several components e Navigation Tabs Provide access to the data entry and analysis windows in the program these include Pumping Slug Test Discharge Water Levels Analysis Site Plan and Reports e Menu Bar Contains menu commands with access to all the functions available in the Aquifer Test About the Interface 7 Toolbar Contains several context sensitive short cut buttons for some of the frequently used AquiferTest tools Navigation Panel Contains a tree view of all of the components which comprise an AquiferTest project These include panels for Tests Wells Discharge Rates Water Level data Analyses and other frequently used tasks Data Entry Contains the fields and grids for data entry and visualization Status Bar
289. water level D atmosperic pressure 99000 98800 In the figure above you can see how AquiferTest will interpolate the atmospheric pressure p a for the time of water level measurement WL2 at t 2 where no value for p a is available AquiferTest will use the values of p a 5 and p a 3 for linear interpolation and to calculate a straight line function of the form y mx b Chapter 5 Data Pre Processing A Ap a 7 pla p a _ 99000 100100 _ 1100 1100 At t t 2 5 1 5 p a 3 p a 2 b y mx 100100 1100 1 5 100100 1650 101750 Once the coefficients m and b are calculated the value of t 2 will be inserted into the equation y mx b and the result is the value of p a WL2 used for the calculation of Ah p p a 1100 2 101750 99550 From the changes in pressure observed during the test and the known relationship between Ap and Ah the water level changes as a result of changes in pressure alone Ap can be calculated for the test period for each well Subsequently the actual drawdown during the test can be corrected for the water level changes due to atmospheric pressure For falling atmospheric pressures Sam aE RAN For rising atmospheric pressures Scorr S Ah Kruseman and de Ridder 1991 Calculating BE from Observed Data The BE value can be defined in the Pumping Test tab or it may be calculated based on observed data To calculate the BE value locate the Bar
290. wdown plot with discharge is shown below well 2 well 2 Obs data E Well 1 4 7 3 Confined Theis Theis 1935 developed an analytical solution for the equations presented in the previous section as follows _ edu rs o E it 4 aT sir t 152 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods For the specific definition of u given above the integral is known as the well function W u and can be represented by an infinite Taylor series of the following form H7 ue 2 21 3 3 W u 0 5772 Inlwj4 u Using this function the equation becomes O se S Wu ge The line on a log log plot with W u along the Y axis and 1 u along the X axis is commonly called the Theis curve The field measurements are plotted as t or tly along the X axis and s along the Y axis The data analysis is done by matching the line drawn through the plotted observed data to the Theis curve The solution is appropriate for the conditions shown in the following figure piezometric surface piezometric surface before start of pumping 2 er after start of pumping 1 aoe _ aquifer b hy hy aquiclude An example of the Theis graph is shown below Pumping Test Methods 153 100 rond 10000 100000 rt Dw ada T Oe In this example the dimensionless view is shown An example of a Theis analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Confined HYT The Data requiremen
291. wells Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 5 Pumping Test Background 4 5 1 Radial Flow to a Well in a Confined Aquifer The partial differential equation that describes saturated flow in two horizontal dimensions in a confined aquifer is oh oh Soh d ay Tat Written in terms of radial coordinates the equation becomes i igh 5S ght Ls a O A gdr r gr T gt The mathematical region of flow illustrated below is a horizontal one dimensional line through the aquifer from r 0 at the well to r at the infinite extremity r t 0 h hg h r t Potentiometric surface piezometer well confined aquifer T S T The initial condition 1s A r0Oj hy forallr Pumping Test Background 14 142 where h is the initial hydraulic head 1 e the piezometric surface is initially horizontal The boundary conditions assume that no drawdown occurs at an infinite radial distance hioot hy forallt and that a constant pumping rate Q is used ah O i U FF fort gt 0 lim The solution of the above equation describes the hydraulic head at any radial distance r at any time after the start of pumping Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods 4 6 Pumping Test Methods Fixed Assumptions The following pumping test methods require a fixed set of assumptions as such these assumptions may not be modified on the Analysis plot These include e Theis Recovery Analysis e Cooper Ja
292. wn calendar allows you to select a different date Analysis performed by Allows you to enter the name of the analyst Recovery period only This check box allows you to analyze only the data recorded after the pump was turned off In this case the recovery data will be analyzed using the Agarwal Recovery method For more information on this analysis method see Chapter 4 Recovery Analysis Agarwal Solution 1980 AquiferTest provides two graphing methods for the analysis Diagnostic Graph and Analysis Graph Note You can hide the general meta data fields described above 1 e Date Analysis Name Data From etc to allow more screen space for the diagnostic and analysis graphs To do so click the Show Hide button located in the top right corner of the Analysis tab Diagnostic Graph Tab This tab allows you to view the data displayed in the log log or semi log graph The right side contains the diagnostic graphs with theoretical drawdown curves for different aquifer conditions Interpreting the data and the diagnostic graphs should help you identify the assumptions that should be made about the data and thus to choose the appropriate analysis method General Info 67 68 loa ft The diagnostic graph displays the drawdown values on a log log or semi log scale as well as the derivatives of those values For more details please see Chapter 4 Diagnostic Plots Analysis Graph Tab T
293. x First row contains headers fie Drawdown i Confined E 0 3 Pump Rate 220 of 0 7 Thickness 46 fee Field mapping Column Unit 1 3 Obs well 5 4 fe me P al x Coordinate 32 Fetter Resul 3 6 4 1 T 47 K 5 1 5 53 Y Coordinate B E Elevation Caml D E Benchmark Screen radius Screen Length Casing radius 5 7 using Theis 6 1 6 5 7 Select all Select none Boring radius b Gravel Pack Porosity S32 3 3 3 3 23 2 2 cancel The data to be imported falls into the following categories e Well name e Well coordinates X and Y e Elevation e Benchmark elevation e Well geometry L r R b and Gravel Pack Porosity In the Wells Import dialog match the data columns in the source file to the format required by AquiferTest The source file can be a Text file Excel file or Shapefile with one row allocated for each well 1 In the first column select the wells you wish to import 2 The screen on the left shows the data set up in the file The Field mapping area on the right allows you to specify which columns in the file contain the data required by AquiferTest 3 If the first row in the data file contains names of the fields check the box beside First row contains headers 4 Click Import to complete the operation 5 Review the data in the Wells table to verify if the data was correctly imported Import Map Image You can import a map image in two way
294. ypical values for r B range from 0 001 2 Beta controls the storage properties of the aquitard and is defined below 160 Chapter 4 Theory and Analysis Methods r K D S EEIE 4N KD S Where S aquitard storativity Typical values for Beta range from 0 05 1 An example of a Hantush Storage in Aquitard analysis is available in the project AquiferTest Examples Hantush Storage HYT The table below illustrates a comparison between the results in AquiferTest and those published in Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 on page 93 Published Kruseman and de Ridder 1990 p 93 4 7 6 Wellbore Storage and Skin Effects Agarwal 1970 For a single well pumping from a confined aquifer the two most important factors that cause a deviation from the Theis solution are wellbore storage and well skin effects These two factors cause additional drawdown in the wellbore that is not representative of the drawdown in the aquifer Agarwal 1970 introduced the idea of log log curve matching of dimensionless pressure Pywp versus dimensionless time tp to analyze pressure data at a well dominated by wellbore storage and skin effects as shown in the figure below The different type curves are differentiated using a skin factor SF AquiferTest has implemented the Agarwal wellbore storage and skin solution for water wells using the following assumptions e single pumping well e confined aquifer e observations only in the pumping well Pump

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Altec Lansing 605B User's Manual  advertencia - Champion Power Equipment  Amusez vous - Tourisme ouest Var  EFI Photo PPG250 Pearl-Gloss Super  Manual - KTI Networks  April 2005  Service Manual  FTB 324 User Manual    manual - Optimus  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file